{"title":"Werkzeuge","description":"\u003ch2 id=\"speakable-headline\"\u003eWerkzeuge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp id=\"speakable-definition\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWerkzeuge\u003c\/strong\u003e: Werkzeuge unterstützen Schleifen, Erwärmen und Montage am Fahrzeug. Schleifmaschinen, Heißluftgeräte, Schraubendreher und Drucklufttechnik erfüllen unterschiedliche Aufgaben, während Akkusysteme die passenden Maschinen versorgen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAufnahme, Spannung und Freigabe müssen zusammenpassen; ein ähnlicher Anschluss ist noch kein Kompatibilitätsnachweis.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/schleifmaschinen\"\u003eSchleifmaschinen\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/heissluftpistolen\"\u003eHeißluftpistolen\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/akku-schraubendreher\"\u003eAkku-Schraubendreher\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/kompressoren\"\u003eKompressoren\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/akkusysteme\"\u003eAkkusysteme\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"rupes-bigfoot-hlr21-ibrid-akku-exzenter-poliermaschine-150mm","title":"BigFoot \"HLR21\" iBrid Lucidatrice Orbitale a Batteria Ø150mm","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRupes BigFoot \"HLR21\" iBrid Lucidatrice Orbitale a Batteria Ø150mm\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLa \u003cstrong\u003eRupes BigFoot \"HLR21\" iBrid Lucidatrice Orbitale a Batteria Ø150mm\u003c\/strong\u003e cambia le carte in tavola per i detailer professionisti e per chi ci mette passione. Lavori senza filo senza rinunciare alla spinta di una macchina a cavo: potenza in abbondanza, un corpo che sta bene in mano e una versatilità che ti segue su qualsiasi pannello. Con questa in mano la lucidatura sale di livello.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLibertà senza filo e affidabile\u003c\/strong\u003e: con la batteria Li-ion 18V da 5 Ah lucidi fino a 40 minuti filati.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotore brushless ad alte prestazioni\u003c\/strong\u003e: il motore brushless tiene la potenza costante e allunga la vita della macchina.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesign ergonomico\u003c\/strong\u003e: sta bene in mano e ti stanca molto meno nelle sessioni lunghe.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMassima libertà e potenza con il sistema iBrid\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIl \u003cstrong\u003esistema Rupes BigFoot iBrid\u003c\/strong\u003e ti fa lavorare senza filo senza perdere la potenza di una lucidatrice a cavo. La \u003cstrong\u003ebatteria Li-ion 18V\u003c\/strong\u003e tiene la potenza piena fino a 40 minuti, quanto basta per una correzione bella lunga. Con il \u003cstrong\u003ecaricabatterie doppio\u003c\/strong\u003e i cicli di ricarica volano, così prendi sempre una batteria carica.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTecnologia che porta a casa il risultato\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIl \u003cstrong\u003emotore brushless\u003c\/strong\u003e e la \u003cstrong\u003enuova tecnologia di trasmissione\u003c\/strong\u003e della \u003cstrong\u003eRupes BigFoot \"HLR21\"\u003c\/strong\u003e mantengono la potenza costante dall’inizio alla fine. L’\u003cstrong\u003eanello anti-spinning\u003c\/strong\u003e protegge la vernice e ti dà sicurezza in più mentre lucidi. Fatta per i lavori impegnativi, tira fuori un risultato da professionista.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eComodità ed efficienza insieme\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIl design ergonomico della \u003cstrong\u003eRupes BigFoot \"HLR21\"\u003c\/strong\u003e ti fa stancare meno nelle sessioni lunghe. Il corpo compatto ti fa arrivare anche dove le macchine grosse non passano. Con l’evoluto \u003cstrong\u003esistema a batteria Li-ion 18V\u003c\/strong\u003e e la resa di lavoro ottimizzata, nello stesso tempo porti a casa molto di più.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!----\u003e","brand":"Rupes","offers":[{"title":"HLR21\/CB2\/STD (2x 18V\/5.0Ah Battery \u0026 Charger)","offer_id":49154501804367,"sku":"D1-RUP-HLR21\/CB2\/STD","price":689.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"HLR21 (Battery not included)","offer_id":49154501771599,"sku":"D1-RUP-HLR21","price":414.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/HLR21-random-orbita_ibrid-polisher-750x500.jpg?v=1718867214"},{"product_id":"rupes-dual-battery-charger-9hc180lt-akku-ladegeraet","title":"Dual Battery Charger (9HC180LT) Caricabatterie per \"Batteria Rupes iBrid\"","description":"\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRupes Dual Battery Charger (9HC180LT) — caricabatterie\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIl \u003cstrong\u003eRupes Dual Battery Charger 9HC180LT\u003c\/strong\u003e nasce per il sistema di batterie che Rupes si è costruita in casa. Questo caricabatterie riporta la batteria al 100% in circa 35 minuti e mostra lo stato di carica con i LED integrati.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRicarica rapida:\u003c\/strong\u003e carica completa in soli 35 minuti.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIndicatori LED:\u003c\/strong\u003e stato di carica a colpo d'occhio.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibilità:\u003c\/strong\u003e sviluppato apposta per le batterie \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003eRupes iBrid.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRicarica efficiente con il Rupes Dual Battery Charger\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIl \u003cstrong\u003eRupes Dual Battery Charger 9HC180LT\u003c\/strong\u003e rimette in pista le batterie \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003eRupes iBrid in fretta e senza storie. Carica piena in 35 minuti: riprendi la macchina in mano prima che l'auto si asciughi. I LED ti dicono sempre a che punto sei con la carica, così non ti fermi a metà lavoro.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCompatibilità su misura per \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003eRupes iBrid\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eQuesto caricabatterie è stato sviluppato per il sistema di batterie esclusivo del \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003eRupes iBrid. Gestisce e controlla la ricarica con precisione: le prestazioni restano alte e le batterie durano di più. Una compatibilità cucita addosso così vuol dire potenza costante, senza sorprese.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRobusto e Semplice da Usare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIl design del \u003cstrong\u003eRupes Dual Battery Charger 9HC180LT\u003c\/strong\u003e non è solo robusto, è anche semplice da usare. Comandi immediati e LED chiari lo rendono uno strumento di cui non fai più a meno in qualsiasi officina.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!----\u003e","brand":"Rupes","offers":[{"title":"9HC180LT\/EN","offer_id":49208633590095,"sku":"D1-RUP-9HC180LT\/DE","price":60.49,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/9hc180lt.png?v=1719556628"},{"product_id":"rupes-rechargable-power-pack-9hb185lt-18v-5ah-akku-rupes-hlr15-hlr21-ibrid","title":"Rechargable-Power-Pack (9HB185LT) batteria 18V\/5AH per \"HLR15\/21 iBrid\"","description":"\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRupes Rechargable-Power-Pack (9HB185LT) batteria 18V\/5AH per \"HLR15\/21 iBrid\"\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLa \u003cstrong\u003ebatteria Rupes Rechargable-Power-Pack (9HB185LT) 18V\/5AH\u003c\/strong\u003e è una batteria potente e affidabile, pensata apposta per le lucidatrici HLR15 e HLR21 iBrid di Rupes. Con 18V di tensione e 5AH di capacità ti dà un'autonomia che dura, perfetta sia per i detailer pro che per gli appassionati di auto.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLunga autonomia:\u003c\/strong\u003e Grazie ai 5AH di capacità lavori più a lungo senza dover ricaricare in continuazione.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRicarica veloce:\u003c\/strong\u003e La batteria torna carica e pronta in fretta, così sfrutti al massimo il tempo sull'auto.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAlta compatibilità:\u003c\/strong\u003e Perfettamente abbinata alle lucidatrici HLR15 e HLR21 iBrid di Rupes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePotenza ed efficienza\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLa \u003cstrong\u003ebatteria Rupes Rechargable-Power-Pack (9HB185LT) 18V\/5AH\u003c\/strong\u003e convince per prestazioni ed efficienza. I 18V di tensione danno un'erogazione costante e bella robusta, che ti fa portare a termine senza fatica anche i lavori di lucidatura più impegnativi. I 5AH di capacità garantiscono una lunga autonomia, così una batteria scarica non ti ferma a metà lavoro nemmeno nelle sessioni intense.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibilità e versatilità\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eQuesta batteria è progettata apposta per le lucidatrici HLR15 e HLR21 iBrid di Rupes, con un calzo perfetto e le prestazioni giuste. La praticità d'uso e il cambio rapido tra le macchine rendono il tuo lavoro ancora più efficiente. Questa versatilità ti permette di fare lavori diversi senza interruzioni.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQualità e affidabilità\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRupes è sinonimo di alta qualità e affidabilità, e la \u003cstrong\u003ebatteria Rechargable-Power-Pack (9HB185LT) 18V\/5AH\u003c\/strong\u003e non fa eccezione. Con materiali robusti e tecnologia avanzata, questa batteria mantiene una lunga durata e prestazioni costanti. Ci puoi contare, che tu sia un detailer pro o un appassionato di auto.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!----\u003e","brand":"Rupes","offers":[{"title":"Rupes \"HLR15\" \u0026 \"HLR21\" iBrid \/ 9HB185LT\/C","offer_id":49208669602127,"sku":"D1-RUP-9HB185LT\/C","price":129.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/rupes-rechargable-power-pack-9hb185lt-18v-5ah-akku-rupes-hlr15-hlr21-ibrid.png?v=1719557765"},{"product_id":"rupes-bigfoot-hlr15-ibrid-akku-exzenter-poliermaschine-125mm","title":"BigFoot \"HLR15\" iBrid lucidatrice orbitale a batteria Ø125mm","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRupes BigFoot \"HLR15\" iBrid lucidatrice orbitale a batteria Ø150mm\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLa \u003cstrong\u003eRupes BigFoot \"HLR15\" iBrid lucidatrice orbitale a batteria Ø125mm\u003c\/strong\u003e cambia davvero le carte in tavola per i pro del detailing e gli appassionati. Questa lucidatrice unisce la libertà senza filo alla grinta di una macchina con cavo. Ti conquista con prestazioni fuori dal comune, un design ergonomico e tanta versatilità. Con questa macchina porti il tuo lavoro di lucidatura a un livello superiore.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLibertà senza filo e affidabilità a tutta prova:\u003c\/strong\u003e Con la batteria Li-ion 18V da 5 Ah lucidi fino a 40 minuti senza sosta.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotore brushless con grinta:\u003c\/strong\u003e Il motore brushless dà una potenza costante e bella tosta e allunga la vita della macchina.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesign ergonomico:\u003c\/strong\u003e Il progetto intelligente la rende facile da impugnare e taglia la fatica sulle lunghe sessioni di lucidatura.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMassima libertà di movimento e potenza con il sistema iBrid\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIl \u003cstrong\u003esistema Rupes BigFoot iBrid\u003c\/strong\u003e ti fa lavorare senza filo senza rinunciare alla potenza di una macchina con cavo. La batteria Li-ion 18V ti dà fino a 40 minuti di potenza ininterrotta, perfetta per i lavori di lucidatura più grossi. Con il caricabatterie doppio tieni in moto cicli di ricarica veloci, così hai sempre una batteria carica a portata di mano.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTecnologia avanzata per risultati impeccabili\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIl motore brushless e la furba tecnologia di trasmissione della \u003cstrong\u003eRupes BigFoot \"HLR15\"\u003c\/strong\u003e sfornano una potenza alta e costante. L'anello anti-spinning protegge la vernice e ti dà una sicurezza in più mentre lucidi. Questa macchina è fatta per il lavoro impegnativo e tira fuori risultati da professionista.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eComfort ed efficienza combinati alla perfezione\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIl design ergonomico della \u003cstrong\u003eRupes BigFoot \"HLR15\"\u003c\/strong\u003e tiene la fatica giù sui lunghi lavori di lucidatura. Grazie alla costruzione compatta arrivi anche nei punti scomodi senza penare. Con l'avanzato sistema di batteria Li-ion 18V e il rendimento ottimizzato puoi spingere la tua efficienza al massimo.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!----\u003e","brand":"Rupes","offers":[{"title":"HLR15\/CB2\/STD (2x 18V\/5Ah Battery \u0026 Charger)","offer_id":49208698601807,"sku":"D1-RUP-HLR15\/CB2\/STD","price":689.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"HLR15 (Battery not included)","offer_id":49208698569039,"sku":"D1-RUP-HLR15","price":394.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/HLR15-random-orbita_ibrid-polisher.jpg?v=1719558508"},{"product_id":"rupes-bigfoot-lhr21-mark-iii-21mm-exzenter-poliermaschine-150mm","title":"BigFoot \"LHR21\" Mark III lucidatrice orbitale 21mm Ø150mm","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRupes BigFoot \"LHR21\" Mark III lucidatrice orbitale 21mm Ø150mm\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLa \u003cstrong\u003eRupes BigFoot \"LHR21\" Mark III lucidatrice orbitale 21mm Ø150mm\u003c\/strong\u003e è la scelta giusta quando lavori sulla carrozzeria a livello professionale. Con i 21mm di orbita e il platorello Ø150mm passi le superfici grandi in fretta e senza sbavature. L’ergonomia rivista e il regolatore elettronico dei giri ti danno comfort e controllo.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAlta efficienza:\u003c\/strong\u003e con i 21mm di orbita macini le superfici grandi in poco tempo.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesign ergonomico:\u003c\/strong\u003e impugnature gommate e appoggio stabile, per comfort e sicurezza.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFacile da usare:\u003c\/strong\u003e regolazione elettronica dei giri e cavo lungo 9 metri: la maneggi senza pensieri.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eErgonomia rivista per il massimo comfort\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eL’impugnatura anteriore gommata della \u003cstrong\u003eLHR21 Mark III\u003c\/strong\u003e è comodissima e non scivola in mano. Anche l’impugnatura posteriore ha parti gommate, e si sente subito nel feeling e nel controllo. Grazie agli appoggi che non lasciano segni, la macchina resta stabile quando la posi e ti protegge anche dai contatti involontari.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRegolazione elettronica dei giri per lavorare preciso\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIl nuovo regolatore elettronico della \u003cstrong\u003eLHR21 Mark III\u003c\/strong\u003e ti fa impostare la velocità massima senza staccare le mani dalla macchina. La rotella, più grande, si muove con il pollice: cambi giri al volo e tieni il ritmo.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDesign evoluto e costruzione robusta\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLa \u003cstrong\u003eLHR21 Mark III\u003c\/strong\u003e convince con un design bello e funzionale. Ogni dettaglio, come gli appoggi in gomma piazzati nei punti giusti, è stato studiato per rendere la macchina il più comoda possibile da usare. Il cavo robusto da 9 metri porta tutta la potenza e ti fa risparmiare tempo: la prolunga la lasci nell’armadio.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!----\u003e","brand":"Rupes","offers":[{"title":"LHR21III\/STD \/ Ø 21mm \/ Ø150mm","offer_id":49265405919567,"sku":"D1-RUP-LHR21III\/STD","price":631.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/rupes-bigfoot-lhr21-mark-iii-exzenter-poliermaschine-150mm.png?v=1720341175"},{"product_id":"rupes-bigfoot-lhr15-mark-iii-15mm-exzenter-poliermaschine-125mm","title":"BigFoot \"LHR15\" Mark III lucidatrice orbitale 15mm Ø125mm","description":"\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRupes BigFoot \"LHR15\" Mark III lucidatrice orbitale Ø125mm\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLa \u003cstrong\u003eRupes BigFoot \"LHR15\" Mark III lucidatrice orbitale Ø125mm\u003c\/strong\u003e è un attrezzo intelligente, nato per la correzione precisa della vernice e per lavorare comodi su superfici bombate e difficili da raggiungere. Gira più veloce del modello LHR21 Mark III: la potenza di correzione è paragonabile, ma sui profili complessi se la cava molto meglio.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesign ergonomico\u003c\/strong\u003e: la parte anteriore gommata e l’impugnatura posteriore rivista danno un comfort d’uso fuori dal comune e una presa antiscivolo per un controllo preciso.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRegolazione elettronica dei giri\u003c\/strong\u003e: la nuova rotella ti fa cambiare velocità al volo, senza interrompere il lavoro.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCavo di alimentazione da 9 metri\u003c\/strong\u003e: il cavo extra lungo fa risparmiare tempo e fatica, niente prolunghe.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eErgonomia rivista per comfort e controllo\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLa \u003cstrong\u003eRupes BigFoot LHR15 Mark III\u003c\/strong\u003e si fa notare per il design ergonomico migliorato. L’impugnatura anteriore gommata non è solo comoda: ti dà una presa antiscivolo per guidare la macchina al millimetro. Anche l’impugnatura posteriore ha zone gommate, così senti meglio la macchina e la controlli meglio. Il risultato è che anche le sessioni lunghe restano piacevoli ed efficienti.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRegolazione elettronica dei giri per lavorare flessibili\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLa regolazione elettronica dei giri della \u003cstrong\u003eLHR15 Mark III\u003c\/strong\u003e ti lascia cambiare la velocità della lucidatrice senza spostare le mani. La rotella più grande la muovi con il pollice, quindi correggi i giri mentre passi e la lucidatura non si spezza mai.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCavo lungo per la massima libertà di movimento\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCon il cavo di alimentazione da 9 metri, la \u003cstrong\u003eRupes BigFoot LHR15 Mark III\u003c\/strong\u003e è pensata per la massima mobilità ed efficienza. Il cavo più lungo taglia fuori le prolunghe e ti lascia girare intorno all’auto liberamente, senza interruzioni.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!----\u003e","brand":"Rupes","offers":[{"title":"LHR15III\/STD \/ Ø 15mm \/ Ø 125mm","offer_id":49265409392975,"sku":"D1-RUP-LHR15III\/STD","price":586.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/rupes-bigfoot-lhr15-mark-iii-exzenter-poliermaschine-125mm.png?v=1720341449"},{"product_id":"rupes-bigfoot-lhr15es-15mm-exzenter-poliermaschine-125mm","title":"BigFoot \"LHR15ES\" lucidatrice orbitale 15mm Ø125mm","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRupes BigFoot \"LHR15ES\" lucidatrice orbitale 15mm Ø125mm\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLa \u003cstrong\u003eRupes BigFoot LHR15ES\u003c\/strong\u003e lucidatrice orbitale è pensata per le superfici bombate: con la sua orbita da 15mm e il platorello Ø125mm tira fuori un bel potere di taglio. Gira più veloce della sorella maggiore, la LHR21ES, e resta priva di vibrazioni grazie a tamponi di lucidatura perfettamente bilanciati.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eForte potere di taglio\u003c\/strong\u003e: orbita più corta, ma la velocità più alta compensa alla grande.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesign ergonomico\u003c\/strong\u003e: vibrazioni minime e un'impugnatura che sta bene in mano.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCollare anti-rotazione\u003c\/strong\u003e: ti tiene lontano dalle parti in movimento e riduce lo sforzo.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eUn'orbitale potente per risultati da professionista\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCon la sua orbita da 15mm e il pad Ø125mm, la Rupes BigFoot LHR15ES trova il giusto equilibrio tra efficienza e qualità della finitura. La velocità più alta dà un taglio eccellente che lavora senza sforzo anche sulle superfici più impegnative.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDesign ergonomico e comodo da usare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLa LHR15ES è fatta per starti comoda in mano. Le vibrazioni minime e l'impugnatura comoda ti tengono in controllo, anche nelle sessioni più lunghe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTecnica intelligente per una resa ottimale\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIl collare anti-rotazione e la regolazione elettronica della velocità fanno della LHR15ES uno strumento davvero moderno. Regoli la velocità di lucidatura al volo, così la finitura viene uniforme e di alto livello.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!----\u003e","brand":"Rupes","offers":[{"title":"LHR15ES\/STD \/ Ø 15mm \/ Ø 125mm","offer_id":49265423417679,"sku":"D1-RUP-LHR15ES\/STD","price":404.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/rupes-bigfoot-lhr15es-15mm-exzenter-poliermaschine-125mm.png?v=1720342403"},{"product_id":"rupes-bigfoot-lhr21es-21mm-exzenter-poliermaschine-150mm","title":"BigFoot \"LHR21ES\" 21mm Lucidatrice orbitale Ø150mm","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRupes BigFoot LHR21ES 21mm Lucidatrice orbitale Ø150mm\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLa \u003cstrong\u003eRupes BigFoot LHR21ES 21mm Lucidatrice orbitale Ø150mm\u003c\/strong\u003e è la scelta giusta per detailer professionisti e appassionati che vogliono lavorare le superfici grandi in fretta e con precisione. A fare la differenza è la grande orbita da 21 mm e il platorello Rupes da 150 mm, che ti garantiscono una lavorazione rapida e uniforme su tutto il pannello.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrande copertura\u003c\/strong\u003e: con l'orbita da 21 mm e il platorello da 150 mm, la macchina divora le superfici grandi senza fatica.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEquilibrio ed ergonomia perfetti\u003c\/strong\u003e: la LHR21ES sta bene in mano, tiene basse le vibrazioni e ti dà un ottimo controllo mentre lucidi.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eControllo elettronico della velocità\u003c\/strong\u003e: regoli la velocità direttamente sull'impugnatura e la aggiusti al volo senza fermarti.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLucidatura precisa ed efficace\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLa \u003cstrong\u003eRupes BigFoot LHR21ES\u003c\/strong\u003e offre una lucidatura senza rivali sulle superfici grandi. La grande orbita da 21 mm insieme al platorello da 150 mm ti dà un taglio uniforme e veloce, che abbatte i tempi di lucidatura e lascia una finitura impeccabile.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDesign ergonomico per il comfort\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLa costruzione ergonomica della LHR21ES rende meno faticose le sessioni di lucidatura lunghe. La macchina è perfettamente bilanciata e riduce al minimo le vibrazioni, così è facile da maneggiare e piacevole da usare.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eVersatilità e controllo\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIl controllo elettronico della velocità della LHR21ES ti permette di regolare al millimetro la velocità di lucidatura. Comodo quando adatti il lavoro alle diverse condizioni della superficie e vai a caccia del risultato migliore. L'interruttore con blocco acceso\/spento aggiunge flessibilità mentre maneggi la macchina.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!----\u003e","brand":"Rupes","offers":[{"title":"LHR21ES\/STD \/ Ø 21mm \/ Ø150mm","offer_id":49265433379151,"sku":"D1-RUP-LHR21ES\/STD","price":434.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/rupes-bigfoot-lhr21es-21mm-exzenter-poliermaschine-150mm.png?v=1720342785"},{"product_id":"rupes-bigfoot-duetto-lhr12e-12mm-exzenter-poliermaschine-125mm","title":"BigFoot Duetto \"LHR12E\" lucidatrice orbitale 12mm Ø125mm","description":"\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRupes BigFoot Duetto \"LHR12E\" lucidatrice orbitale 12mm Ø125mm\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLa \u003cstrong\u003eRupes BigFoot Duetto LHR12E\u003c\/strong\u003e è una lucidatrice orbitale versatile e potente, pensata per correzione e finitura della vernice a livello pro. Con un'orbita da 12mm e un platorello da 125mm togli i difetti di vernice in modo efficace e arrivi a una finitura impeccabile. Unisce tecnologia moderna e design ergonomico, così sia i principianti che i detailer esperti hanno il massimo controllo e comfort.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrbita da 12mm per risultati precisi:\u003c\/strong\u003e L'orbita da 12mm garantisce un'ottima correzione della superficie e una finitura uniforme e prevedibile.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatilità:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gira con dischi micro-abrasivi per la correzione dei difetti e pad in schiuma per la finitura.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesign ergonomico:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vibrazioni minime e un'impugnatura ben bilanciata mantengono il comfort anche nelle sessioni lunghe.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCorrezione della vernice ottimizzata\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLa Rupes BigFoot Duetto LHR12E è l'ideale per recuperare i difetti di vernice. Con l'orbita da 12mm e i dischi micro-abrasivi spiani in modo efficiente le irregolarità e i difetti più marcati. Il tempo totale di lucidatura si accorcia parecchio, perché il passaggio dall'abrasione alla lucidatura è senza stacchi.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAmbito d'uso versatile\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChe tu stia lavorando con pad soft-interface e dischi micro-abrasivi per la correzione, o con pad in schiuma e un polish di finitura, la Duetto LHR12E rende su entrambi i fronti. La macchina si guida facilmente e dà una lucidatura uniforme e fine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDesign pensato per chi lavora\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLa Duetto LHR12E punta su una serie di funzioni comode. Il dispositivo anti-spinning riduce gli errori, soprattutto quando hai ancora poca esperienza. L'impugnatura anteriore mette la mano nella posizione giusta per minimo sforzo e vibrazioni. E il modulo elettronico con controllo di coppia tiene la potenza costante senza che tu debba premere.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!----\u003e","brand":"Rupes","offers":[{"title":"LHR12E\/STD \/ Ø 12mm \/ Ø 125mm","offer_id":49265464803663,"sku":"D1-RUP-LHR12E\/STD","price":384.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/rupes-bigfoot-duetto-lhr12e-12mm-exzenter-poliermaschine-125mm.png?v=1720343956"},{"product_id":"rupes-bigfoot-mini-lhr75e-12mm-exzenter-poliermaschine-75mm","title":"BigFoot Mini \"LHR75E\" 12mm Lucidatrice Orbitale Ø75mm","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRupes BigFoot Mini \"LHR75E\" 12mm Lucidatrice Orbitale Ø75mm\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLa \u003cstrong\u003eRupes BigFoot Mini \"LHR75E\" 12mm Lucidatrice Orbitale Ø75mm\u003c\/strong\u003e è un attrezzo di alto livello, perfetto per lucidare con precisione negli spazi stretti e difficili da raggiungere. Questa lucidatrice unisce un design moderno a una meccanica ben studiata che ti dà il massimo del controllo e della libertà.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatta e maneggevole:\u003c\/strong\u003e Perfetta per le zone piccole e complicate grazie al platorello piccolo e all'orbita da 12mm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eControllo elettronico della velocità:\u003c\/strong\u003e Regoli la velocità al volo, in modo pulito e preciso, senza fermarti.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesign ergonomico:\u003c\/strong\u003e Comoda da tenere grazie ai tanti inserti in gomma antiscivolo, che fanno anche da appoggio quando posi la macchina.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMassima precisione e controllo\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrazie alla struttura compatta e all'orbita da 12mm, la Rupes BigFoot Mini \"LHR75E\" ti dà un controllo difficile da eguagliare. È la scelta giusta per il lavoro di correzione di dettaglio negli angoli stretti e complicati. Il controllo elettronico della velocità ti fa regolare il regime mentre passi, senza spezzare il ritmo — una vera mano sul lavoro di precisione, dove una velocità costante fa tutta la differenza.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDesign intelligente e comfort\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLa LHR75E non è solo bella da vedere, lavora con te. La macchina ha tanti inserti in gomma antiscivolo che ti tengono la presa salda e fanno da appoggio quando posi la lucidatrice. Così le mani si affaticano meno e tiri avanti più a lungo senza perdere comfort. In più, la partenza morbida avvia la macchina in modo controllato e sicuro.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eVersatile per risultati pro\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDove la Rupes BigFoot Mini \"LHR75E\" dà il meglio è nel numero di lavori che regge. Va alla grande sulla carrozzeria, soprattutto nei punti scomodi come paraurti e gusci degli specchietti. Gira con ogni tipo di pad e di polish, il che la rende un attrezzo irrinunciabile per i detailer professionisti e per gli appassionati a casa.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!----\u003e","brand":"Rupes","offers":[{"title":"LHR75E\/STD \/ Ø 12mm \/ Ø 75mm","offer_id":49265501569359,"sku":"D1-RUP-LHR75E\/STD","price":394.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/rupes-bigfoot-mini-lhr75e-12mm-exzenter-poliermaschine-75mm.png?v=1720345507"},{"product_id":"rupes-bigfoot-lh19e-rotations-poliermaschine-125mm","title":"BigFoot \"LH19E\" lucidatrice rotativa Ø125mm","description":"\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRupes BigFoot \"LH19E\" lucidatrice rotativa Ø125mm\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLa \u003cstrong\u003eRupes BigFoot \"LH19E\" lucidatrice rotativa Ø125mm\u003c\/strong\u003e è un attrezzo ad alte prestazioni, pensato per la cura auto professionale e il detailing. Con la sua struttura leggera e un motore che spinge, se la cava con la lucidatura più impegnativa. La macchina ti dà una regolazione continua della velocità e un design ergonomico che resta comodo anche nelle sessioni lunghe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotore potente:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tanta resa in lucidatura con il minimo sforzo.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesign ergonomico:\u003c\/strong\u003e Comoda in mano, meno fatica.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideale per un sacco di lavori di lucidatura e detailing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eControllo velocità versatile\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLa regolazione continua della velocità della \u003cstrong\u003eRupes BigFoot \"LH19E\"\u003c\/strong\u003e ti fa aggiustare al millimetro mentre lucidi. Così prendi sempre la velocità giusta per il lavoro, senza dover spostare le mani.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eErgonomica e comoda da usare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIl design ergonomico con le impugnature gommate ti tiene comodo anche nelle sessioni di lucidatura più lunghe. La distribuzione bilanciata del peso taglia la fatica e ti dà più controllo sulla macchina.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTecnologia avanzata per il miglior risultato\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLa tecnologia intelligente dentro la \u003cstrong\u003eRupes BigFoot \"LH19E\"\u003c\/strong\u003e tira fuori risultati di lucidatura eccellenti in meno tempo. Va bene sia per chi inizia sia per i detailer navigati, con tanta flessibilità e potenza.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!----\u003e","brand":"Rupes","offers":[{"title":"LH19E\/STD \/ Ø 125mm","offer_id":49265511301455,"sku":"D1-RUP-LH19E\/STD","price":474.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/rupes-bigfoot-lh19e-rotations-poliermaschine-125mm.png?v=1720345835"},{"product_id":"rupes-bigfoot-mille-lk900e-16mm-zwangs-exzenter-poliermaschine-125mm-150mm","title":"BigFoot Mille \"LK900E\" 16mm Lucidatrice Orbitale a Rotazione Forzata Ø125mm+Ø150mm","description":"\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRupes BigFoot Mille \"LK900E\" 16mm Lucidatrice Orbitale a Rotazione Forzata Ø125mm+Ø150mm\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eScopri il mix perfetto di potenza e precisione con la \u003cstrong\u003eRupes BigFoot Mille \"LK900E\"\u003c\/strong\u003e. Questa lucidatrice furba colma il vuoto tra rotativa e orbitale: un movimento a trascinamento forzato per la massima efficienza e controllo. Con corsa da 16mm, platorelli Ø125mm e Ø150mm e cavo da 9 metri, è fatta per i detailer pro.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eControllo al top\u003c\/strong\u003e: rotazione in senso orario, bella gestibile.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCavo lungo\u003c\/strong\u003e: 9 metri per muoverti libero.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRegolatore elettronico\u003c\/strong\u003e: regoli la velocità al millimetro.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eControllo preciso grazie a una tecnica furba\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLa \u003cstrong\u003eRupes BigFoot Mille \"LK900E\"\u003c\/strong\u003e ti conquista con la rotazione in senso orario. Tiene la macchina ben salda e toglie di mezzo l'imprevisto. Il motore firmato Rupes è tarato per dare il massimo di potenza e resa.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLibertà e comfort mentre lavori\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCon il cavo da 9 metri giri intorno all'auto senza cambiare presa ogni due pannelli. Il regolatore elettronico ti fa calibrare la macchina sul lavoro, e il grilletto progressivo ti dà un controllo preciso sui giri.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCostruzione curata ed ergonomia\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLa \u003cstrong\u003eRupes BigFoot Mille \"LK900E\"\u003c\/strong\u003e poggia su due supporti in gomma, così sta stabile su un carrello portautensili o sul banco. Il design ergonomico tiene basse le vibrazioni, anche quando tiri per ore.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!----\u003e","brand":"Rupes","offers":[{"title":"LK900E\/STD \/ Ø 16mm \/ Ø125mm+Ø150mm","offer_id":49265523556687,"sku":"D1-RUP-LK900E\/STD","price":659.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/rupes-bigfoot-mille-lk900e-16mm-roto-exzenter-poliermaschine-125mm.png?v=1720346435"},{"product_id":"rupes-exzenter-poliermaschine-bigfoot-lhr21v","title":"BigFoot \"LHR21\" Mark V 21mm Lucidatrice orbitale Ø150mm","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRUPES BigFoot LHR21 Mark V — 21mm Lucidatrice orbitale Ø150mm\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLa \u003cstrong\u003eRUPES BigFoot LHR21 Mark V\u003c\/strong\u003e alza l'asticella nella cura auto professionale. Con \u003cstrong\u003e21 mm di orbita\u003c\/strong\u003e e un \u003cstrong\u003eplatorello Ø150 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e copri le superfici grandi in fretta e con precisione. Grazie agli innovativi \u003cstrong\u003eingranaggi POLYSYNTHEC™\u003c\/strong\u003e vibrazioni e rumore calano fino al 47 %, e lavorare diventa molto più piacevole. Allo stesso tempo i nuovi \u003cstrong\u003eplatorelli PrecisionPro\u003c\/strong\u003e danno un bilanciamento ottimo e tanta sicurezza, soprattutto sulle superfici delicate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAlta efficienza\u003c\/strong\u003e: L'orbita da 21 mm copre tanta superficie e ti fa risparmiare tempo in lucidatura.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesign ergonomico\u003c\/strong\u003e: Meno vibrazioni e un baricentro basso ti danno più controllo e meno stanchezza.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMeno rumore\u003c\/strong\u003e: Con la tecnologia avanzata il rumore si dimezza quasi, e si lavora in un ambiente più tranquillo.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLavoro preciso sulle superfici grandi\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCon la sua orbita da 21 mm e il platorello Ø150 mm, la RUPES LHR21 Mark V è nata per le superfici grandi come cofani e tetti. L'orbita lunga lucida veloce e uniforme, così tiri fuori un risultato professionale in meno tempo. Questa macchina è per i detailer che vogliono la massima efficienza con il minimo sforzo.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eErgonomia e comfort\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLa RUPES BigFoot LHR21 Mark V convince per un design estremamente ergonomico. Con il \u003cstrong\u003ebaricentro basso\u003c\/strong\u003e, abbassato di 13 mm, e le vibrazioni ridotte lavori preciso senza stancarti. Il bilanciamento migliorato e la nuova tecnologia degli ingranaggi fanno sì che anche le sessioni lunghe di lucidatura restino comode.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTecnologia innovativa per risultati migliori\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGli \u003cstrong\u003eingranaggi POLYSYNTHEC™\u003c\/strong\u003e non abbattono solo le vibrazioni, allungano anche la vita della macchina. Sono più leggeri degli ingranaggi metallici tradizionali e richiedono meno lubrificazione, il che alza l'efficienza energetica. Questo ti garantisce una coppia sempre alta e una resa costante in lucidatura, anche sui lavori più tosti.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!----\u003e","brand":"Rupes","offers":[{"title":"LHR21V\/STD \/ Ø 21mm \/ Ø150mm","offer_id":49773278036303,"sku":"D1-RUP-LHR21V\/STD","price":644.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/rupes-exzenter-poliermaschine-bigfoot-lhr21v.png?v=1727700715"},{"product_id":"rupes-exzenter-poliermaschine-bigfoot-lhr15v","title":"BigFoot \"LHR15\" Mark V lucidatrice orbitale 15mm Ø125mm","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRUPES BigFoot LHR15 Mark V — lucidatrice orbitale 15mm Ø125mm\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLa \u003cstrong\u003eRUPES BigFoot LHR15 Mark V\u003c\/strong\u003e è una lucidatrice orbitale potente e precisa, pensata per chi ci lavora tutti i giorni e per gli appassionati veri. Con \u003cstrong\u003e15mm di orbita\u003c\/strong\u003e e un \u003cstrong\u003eplatorello da 125mm\u003c\/strong\u003e tira fuori risultati eccellenti, soprattutto sulle superfici piccole e curve. Rispetto ai modelli precedenti il salto si sente: \u003cstrong\u003e47% di rumore in meno\u003c\/strong\u003e e \u003cstrong\u003emeno vibrazioni\u003c\/strong\u003e, quindi lavori molto più tranquillo e rendi di più.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e47% di rumore in meno\u003c\/strong\u003e: Lavori in silenzio grazie al volume nettamente ridotto, ideale per le sessioni di lucidatura lunghe.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePeso ridotto\u003c\/strong\u003e: 10% più leggera del modello precedente, così la maneggi meglio e ti stanchi meno.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eControllo di precisione\u003c\/strong\u003e: Grazie al nuovo \u003cstrong\u003eplatorello PrecisionPro\u003c\/strong\u003e e al bilanciamento ottimizzato, per una lucidatura uniforme.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eErgonomia e maneggevolezza migliorate\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLa LHR15 Mark V è stata progettata per rendere il lavoro molto più comodo. Con un \u003cstrong\u003ebaricentro\u003c\/strong\u003e più basso e un design \u003cstrong\u003e13 mm più basso\u003c\/strong\u003e la macchina è stabilissima e la tieni sotto controllo. Così i movimenti sono più precisi, e sulle superfici delicate o difficili da raggiungere si vede subito.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTecnologia avanzata per una lucidatura più morbida\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrazie ai nuovi \u003cstrong\u003eingranaggi POLYSYNTHEC\u003c\/strong\u003e, la Mark V è più robusta e dura più a lungo che mai. Questi ingranaggi abbattono le vibrazioni e danno una lucidatura più silenziosa e fluida: meno stanchezza per te, più resa.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eVersatilità e sicurezza\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIl nuovo \u003cstrong\u003edesign dell'anello anti-spinning\u003c\/strong\u003e rende il lavoro più sicuro, perché impedisce al pad di girare fuori controllo. Insieme ai \u003cstrong\u003esistemi di ventilazione migliorati\u003c\/strong\u003e, la macchina resta fresca anche sotto sforzo: il motore dura di più e tu lavori più comodo.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Rupes","offers":[{"title":"LHR15V\/STD \/ Ø 15mm \/ Ø 125mm","offer_id":49773421658447,"sku":"D1-RUP-LHR15V\/STD","price":597.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/rupes-exzenter-poliermaschine-bigfoot-lhr15v.png?v=1727701110"},{"product_id":"flex-xce2818ec-8mm-akku-exzenterpolierer-zwangsrotation-150mm-18v","title":"FLEX \"XCE 2 8 18-EC\" lucidatrice orbitale a batteria a rotazione forzata 8 mm Ø150 mm (18V)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eFLEX XCE 2 8 18-EC — orbitale a batteria a rotazione forzata per una correzione senza compromessi con il massimo controllo\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eCosa rende speciale la FLEX XCE 2 8 18-EC? L'orbitale a batteria 18 V unisce la rotazione forzata trainata a un'orbita da 8 mm e ti dà così taglio costante, regime stabile e risultati senza aloni — pensata per la correzione pro, senza filo tra i piedi.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFLEX XCE 2 8 18-EC\u003c\/strong\u003e è una nuova generazione di lucidatrici senza filo nel detailing pro. Questa orbitale a batteria da 18 volt a rotazione forzata unisce la sicurezza di un'orbitale alla forza di trazione di una rotativa — un setup che dà il meglio proprio sulle correzioni impegnative. Che siano graffi medi, i classici segni da autolavaggio o segni d'uso ostinati: con un'orbita da 8 mm e un platorello da Ø150 mm la macchina lavora in modo controllato, efficiente e con coppia costante. Il risultato è una lucidatrice che dà il meglio esattamente dove i detailer pro e gli appassionati esigenti si aspettano il massimo controllo e risultati ripetibili.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRotazione forzata per un taglio costante.\u003c\/strong\u003e Un riduttore a ingranaggio esterno dedicato trascina attivamente il platorello. Così un'orbitale libera non si pianta sotto pressione o sulle superfici bombate, e la potenza di correzione resta uniforme su tutto il pezzo.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrbita da 8 mm per una precisione controllata.\u003c\/strong\u003e L'orbita moderata ti dà un controllo molto preciso e riduce il rischio di aloni indesiderati. Soprattutto sulle passate one-step trovi così un equilibrio perfetto tra taglio e finitura.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePotenza a batteria 18 volt, senza filo.\u003c\/strong\u003e Un moderno motore brushless e un'elettronica intelligente erogano una potenza che resta stabile per tutta la carica — un grande vantaggio sulle grandi superfici o nel detailing mobile.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTecnologia dell'orbitale a rotazione forzata e potenza di lucidatura costante\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLa differenza decisiva della \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX XCE 2 8 18-EC\u003c\/strong\u003e sta nella combinazione tra movimento orbitale e rotazione forzata trainata. Mentre le classiche orbitali a ruota libera generano il movimento solo con la rotazione del tampone, questa macchina trascina il platorello in modo attivo con un riduttore a ingranaggio esterno dedicato. Così la rotazione si mantiene anche quando spingi di più sulla vernice o lavori su forme di carrozzeria bombate. In pratica vuol dire che il polish resta in movimento continuo, gli abrasivi lavorano in modo uniforme e il taglio resta stabile su tutta la superficie. È proprio questo effetto che rende l'orbitale a rotazione forzata la scelta preferita dei detailer che vogliono una potenza di correzione controllata senza passare subito a una rotativa pura.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eL'orbita da 8 mm è scelta apposta per dare una guida molto precisa. Mentre le orbitali a orbita grande puntano soprattutto a massima superficie e velocità, un'orbita moderata ti dà un controllo molto più fine sul comportamento della macchina. Proprio nel lavoro one-step o sui trasparenti delicati questo equilibrio è decisivo. Insieme alla regolazione costante del regime dell'elettronica integrata, il movimento resta stabile anche sotto carico — un fattore chiave per risultati uniformi e finiture ripetibili sulle grandi superfici.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUn altro tassello tecnico è la moderna architettura del motore. Il motore brushless gira con alto rendimento e riduce nettamente le perdite meccaniche. Per te vuol dire che più energia della batteria si trasforma in potenza di lucidatura reale. Allo stesso tempo scalda meno e la macchina resta comoda da controllare anche nelle passate più lunghe. L'elettronica integrata gestisce diverse funzioni di protezione e controllo — dall'avvio morbido al monitoraggio del sovraccarico — così motore, riduttore e batteria lavorano insieme al meglio.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLucidatrice a batteria nel detailing pro: come la usi\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn un vero workflow di detailing la \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX XCE 2 8 18-EC\u003c\/strong\u003e tira fuori la carta migliore: correzione efficiente con totale libertà di movimento. Il senza filo ti lascia lavorare tutt'intorno all'auto senza impicci — un chiaro vantaggio su SUV grandi, van o barche. Dove le macchine a filo spesso ti rovinano la guida o vanno trascinate su superfici appena lucidate, con una lucidatrice a batteria la tua zona di lavoro resta del tutto libera.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDi solito una correzione pro parte da un prelavaggio accurato e dalla decontaminazione prima che inizi davvero la lucidatura. Poi monti un tampone adatto sul platorello da Ø150 mm. In molti casi una spugna media-dura fa faville sulle correzioni one-step, mentre i tamponi in microfibra sono più orientati alla correzione dei difetti. La rotazione forzata della macchina fa sì che il tampone lavori senza sosta e distribuisca il polish in modo uniforme — anche sui pezzi molto bombati come parafanghi o paraurti.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIl concetto ergonomico sostiene anche questo modo di lavorare. La testa del riduttore estremamente piatta riduce nettamente la distanza tra la tua mano e la vernice, così guidi la macchina con grande precisione. Allo stesso tempo le zone soft-grip e una distribuzione del peso equilibrata garantiscono una guida tranquilla. Proprio nelle sessioni lunghe o sulle superfici orizzontali come cofani o tetti, questo vantaggio ergonomico si sente subito.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIl regime si imposta con una rotella a scatti raggiungibile da entrambi i lati. Così tari la macchina esattamente su polish, tampone e tipo di vernice. I regimi bassi sono perfetti per stendere il polish o per le superfici delicate, mentre quelli più alti aumentano il taglio. Insieme al grilletto sensibile nasce una sensazione molto controllata — un fattore decisivo per un lavoro di dettaglio preciso.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRisultati della correzione pro e lavori tipici\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn pratica la \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX XCE 2 8 18-EC\u003c\/strong\u003e si colloca esattamente tra le classiche orbitali a ruota libera e le lucidatrici rotative. Dà molta più potenza di correzione di un'orbitale libera, ma resta molto più controllabile di una rotativa pura. Così questa classe di macchina si adatta benissimo ai detailer che vogliono una lucidatura one-step efficiente o una macchina sicura per i difetti medi della vernice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eI lavori tipici sono togliere i graffi da lavaggio, gli swirl da leggeri a medi e i segni d'uso generali nel trasparente. In abbinamento ai moderni sistemi di lucidatura ottieni spesso risultati impressionanti in una sola passata. È proprio per questo caso che è stato sviluppato anche il sistema FLEX 1-Step, che accorda polish e tampone tra loro per unire correzione dei difetti e brillantezza in un solo passaggio.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn più la macchina dà il meglio proprio sulle superfici più grandi. Il platorello da Ø150 mm copre efficacemente aree ampie, così cofani, portiere o tetti si fanno in fretta. Allo stesso tempo, grazie all'orbita moderata, la macchina resta ben controllabile — un vantaggio importante sulle vernici delicate o sulle auto con forme di carrozzeria complesse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAnche in ambito pro come ricondizionamento veicoli, smart-repair o studi di detailing di alto livello questo tipo di macchina è molto diffuso. Il mix di libertà senza filo, regime costante e rotazione stabile rende il lavoro molto efficiente. Per i detailer questo vuol dire soprattutto una cosa: risultati ripetibili con il massimo controllo su tutto il processo di lucidatura.\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"FLEX","offers":[{"title":"XCE 2 8 18-EC Set \"534658\" (2× Battery \"532733\" + 1× Charger \"532280\")","offer_id":57167558672719,"sku":"D1-FLEX-534658","price":728.89,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"XCE 2 8 18-EC C \"534657\" (Without battery \/ charger)","offer_id":57167558639951,"sku":"D1-FLEX-534657","price":416.89,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/flex-xce2818ec-akku-exzenterpolierer-zwangsrotation-18v.png?v=1773095392"},{"product_id":"flex-ca1218230cee-batterieladegeraete-12v-18v","title":"Caricabatterie \"CA 12\/18 230\/CEE\" (12\/18V)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eFLEX CA 12\/18 230\/CEE — Caricabatterie rapido intelligente per batterie FLEX 12V e 18V\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eCosa rende speciale il caricabatterie FLEX CA 12\/18 230\/CEE? Carica le batterie agli ioni di litio FLEX 12V e 18V in modo veloce, controllato e senza stressare le celle. L'elettronica di carica intelligente tiene d'occhio temperatura, tensione e corrente di carica, così i tempi restano corti e le batterie mantengono le prestazioni nel tempo.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFLEX CA 12\/18 230\/CEE\u003c\/strong\u003e è il caricabatterie centrale del sistema professionale FLEX, nel segmento 12 e 18 volt. In una giornata di detailing tosta, un sistema di carica affidabile decide se le tue macchine restano pronte all'uso o se ti ritrovi fermo con tempi morti che non avevi messo in conto. È proprio qui che entra FLEX, con elettronica di carica intelligente, potenza di carica ottimizzata e una costruzione robusta che regge le botte.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIl caricabatterie è pensato per le moderne batterie agli ioni di litio e fa in modo che l'energia torni nella cella in modo veloce, controllato ed efficiente. Allo stesso tempo l'elettronica integrata protegge le celle per tutto il ciclo di carica. Così capacità, potenza e durata delle tue batterie FLEX restano il più stabili possibile — un vero vantaggio per i pro che spremono le macchine a fondo ogni giorno.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibile sia con il sistema FLEX 12V che con il 18V.\u003c\/strong\u003e Un solo caricabatterie per entrambe le piattaforme significa meno apparecchi da gestire e un piano di lavoro più ordinato, e sposti le batterie liberamente tra le varie macchine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eElettronica di carica intelligente per una carica controllata.\u003c\/strong\u003e Per tutta la carica il sistema controlla temperatura, tensione e flusso di corrente. La batteria carica in modo efficiente e resta protetta dal sovraccarico.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTempi di carica rapidi per ripartire subito.\u003c\/strong\u003e L'elettronica di carica moderna rimette in pista le batterie in fretta. Su lunghi lavori di lucidatura o levigatura questo taglia i tempi di attesa.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTecnologia del caricabatterie agli ioni di litio e gestione intelligente della carica\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIl cuore del \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX CA 12\/18 230\/CEE\u003c\/strong\u003e è la sua elettronica di carica intelligente, progettata per le moderne batterie agli ioni di litio. A differenza di un caricabatterie base, un sistema professionale non manda una corrente costante per tutta la carica. Gestisce invece la carica in più fasi controllate. Nella prima fase la batteria prende una corrente più alta per assorbire energia il più in fretta possibile. Appena la tensione delle celle raggiunge un certo punto, il sistema riduce in automatico la corrente per portare le celle con calma alla loro massima capacità.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eQuesta carica a più stadi ha un grande vantaggio: le celle caricano in modo uniforme e lo stress termico resta basso. Sulle batterie per utensili potenti la temperatura conta tantissimo per la stabilità a lungo termine della chimica delle celle. Per questo il caricabatterie controlla in continuo la temperatura della batteria e adatta la carica di conseguenza. Se raggiunge una temperatura critica, il sistema riduce in automatico la potenza di carica o mette in pausa il ciclo per un attimo.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn più, l'elettronica riconosce in automatico se hai inserito una batteria da 12 o da 18 volt. Il profilo di carica giusto viene scelto per te, senza nessuna impostazione da fare. Così l'uso quotidiano resta semplicissimo ed esclude gli errori che potrebbero penalizzare le prestazioni della batteria.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSistema di batterie FLEX 12V e 18V nell'uso professionale\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIl \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX CA 12\/18 230\/CEE\u003c\/strong\u003e è un tassello centrale dell'ecosistema di batterie FLEX. Da anni FLEX punta su una piattaforma di batterie coerente, dove le batterie passano liberamente da una macchina all'altra. Per i pro questo vuol dire massima efficienza sul lavoro: una batteria può stare in una lucidatrice, in una lampada a batteria o in un'altra macchina, mentre una seconda carica nello stesso momento.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNel detailing questo sistema si fa valere davvero. Lucidatrici a batteria, lampade da lavoro e utensili compatti girano spesso in parallelo. Un caricabatterie tosto garantisce che ci sia sempre una batteria carica pronta. Così tieni un flusso di lavoro continuo, che su interventi più grossi può fare la differenza.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIl caricabatterie è fatto per l'uso professionale di tutti i giorni. L'alloggiamento robusto protegge l'elettronica in modo affidabile dai soliti colpi, dalla polvere e dalle piccole sollecitazioni meccaniche. Allo stesso tempo resta abbastanza compatto da stare su un banco o viaggiare in un furgone da detailing mobile. Anche su cicli di carica più lunghi l'elettronica lavora stabile e affidabile, così le batterie caricano in sicurezza.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbbinato a batterie FLEX potenti, ottieni un sistema di energia molto efficiente per gli utensili a batteria moderni. Su macchine che tirano tanta corrente — come lucidatrici a batteria o levigatrici potenti — un caricabatterie affidabile fa in modo che sfrutti al meglio l'energia disponibile.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eI vantaggi del caricabatterie rapido per lavorare senza sosta nel detailing\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn una giornata di detailing professionale ogni minuto di lavoro produttivo conta. Proprio per questo un caricabatterie tosto come il \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX CA 12\/18 230\/CEE\u003c\/strong\u003e ha un ruolo chiave in tutto il workflow. Mentre una macchina è in uso, una seconda batteria carica già. Questo principio delle batterie a rotazione ti fa lavorare praticamente senza pause.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSu progetti più grossi — interventi completi o correzioni vernice impegnative — questa flessibilità è un bel vantaggio. Le lucidatrici a batteria girano spesso a lungo a potenza costante. Un ciclo di carica veloce rimette subito in servizio una batteria scarica, così vai avanti senza lunghe pause.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUn altro punto forte è il monitoraggio preciso dell'energia durante la carica. Le moderne batterie agli ioni di litio non amano gli stati di carica estremi o le temperature alte. Il controllo intelligente del caricabatterie tiene a bada questi fattori. Così sfrutti bene la capacità disponibile della batteria, mentre tutto il sistema resta stabile.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePer detailer professionisti, attività o appassionati esigenti, questo significa energia affidabile per ogni utensile a batteria FLEX. Il caricabatterie fa in modo che le batterie siano subito di nuovo pronte e che le macchine diano la piena potenza — una base importante per lavorare in modo efficiente e professionale.\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"FLEX","offers":[{"title":"CA 12\/18 230\/CEE \"532280\"","offer_id":57167790539087,"sku":"D1-FLEX-532280","price":84.49,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/flex-ca1218230cee-batterieladegeraete-12v-18v.png?v=1772662781"},{"product_id":"flex-ap18-akku-pack-18v","title":"Batteria \"AP 18 V\" (18V)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eBatteria FLEX AP 18 — Massima energia per le macchine FLEX 18V nell'uso professionale\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eCosa distingue la batteria FLEX AP 18? La FLEX AP 18 è una potente batteria al litio-ione da 18 volt con Electronic Management System (EMS), indicatore di carica e protezione integrata da carica e scarica — pensata per una potenza costante e una lunga durata nell'uso professionale.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLa \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX AP 18\u003c\/strong\u003e è il cuore del sistema di batterie 18 volt professionale di FLEX. Gli utensili a batteria moderni — soprattutto le potenti lucidatrici nel detailing — hanno bisogno di un'alimentazione stabile e regolare per dare il loro rendimento passata dopo passata. Ed è proprio qui che entra in gioco la batteria AP-18: celle al litio-ione di alto livello, elettronica intelligente e costruzione robusta fanno sì che le macchine a batteria FLEX scarichino la loro potenza in modo affidabile e ripetibile.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLa batteria è tarata da cima a fondo sul sistema FLEX 18 volt e si adatta a tantissime macchine della gamma professionale. Lucidatrice, levigatrice o utensile da banco — la batteria AP-18 fornisce energia stabile su tutto il ciclo di lavoro. Allo stesso tempo l'indicatore di carica integrato ti tiene aggiornato sullo stato di carica, così pianifichi il lavoro di conseguenza.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eElectronic Management System (EMS) per un monitoraggio intelligente della batteria.\u003c\/strong\u003e Il sistema integrato tiene sempre d'occhio temperatura, tensione e flusso di corrente. Così la batteria è protetta dal sovraccarico e l'energia disponibile viene sfruttata in modo efficiente.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTecnologia al litio-ione per una potenza costante.\u003c\/strong\u003e Le moderne celle li-ion tengono una tensione stabile su gran parte della scarica. Vuol dire un rendimento regolare della macchina quando lucidi, levighi o avviti.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesign robusto della batteria per il lavoro di tutti i giorni.\u003c\/strong\u003e L'alloggiamento è protetto da polvere e spruzzi d'acqua, quindi perfettamente a suo agio negli ambienti di lavoro professionali. E l'indicatore di carica integrato ti dà il pieno controllo su quanta energia ti resta.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTecnologia delle batterie al litio-ione ed Electronic Management System\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLa \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX AP 18\u003c\/strong\u003e si basa su una moderna tecnologia di batterie al litio-ione, sviluppata appositamente per elettroutensili potenti. A differenza delle vecchie generazioni di batterie, le celle li-ion tengono una tensione molto stabile su gran parte del ciclo di scarica. Per te significa soprattutto una cosa: le macchine lavorano a lungo a potenza pressoché costante, senza che il regime cali in modo percepibile.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUn componente centrale della batteria è l'Electronic Management System (EMS). Questa elettronica intelligente monitora di continuo parametri di esercizio importanti come temperatura, assorbimento di corrente e tensione delle celle. Quando si raggiunge un limite critico, il sistema interviene in automatico e, per esempio, riduce l'assorbimento di potenza o interrompe la corrente. Così si evita che singole celle vengano sovraccaricate — un fattore chiave per la stabilità nel tempo dei moderni pacchi batteria.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn più la batteria ha una protezione integrata da carica e scarica. Questa funzione previene sia la scarica profonda sia il sovraccarico delle celle durante la ricarica. In abbinata ai caricabatterie FLEX compatibili nasce un sistema di energia perfettamente tarato, dove batteria, caricabatterie e macchina lavorano a braccetto. È proprio questo gioco di squadra a far sì che le batterie mantengano la capacità il più stabile possibile su tanti cicli di carica.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAnche l'indicatore di carica si ripaga ogni giorno. Tramite più LED leggi lo stato di carica direttamente sulla batteria. Così sai sempre quanta energia è ancora a disposizione — un vantaggio piccolo, ma comodissimo in un flusso di lavoro professionale.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSistema di batterie FLEX 18V nel detailing professionale e in officina\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn ambito professionale — soprattutto nel detailing — gli utensili a batteria devono funzionare in modo affidabile e flessibile. Ed è esattamente per questo che è nato il sistema di batterie \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX AP 18\u003c\/strong\u003e. La batteria fa parte di un sistema di energia modulare, in cui una singola batteria può essere usata su una grande varietà di macchine. Ne nasce un parco macchine efficiente, con meno caricabatterie e massima flessibilità.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSono proprio le lucidatrici a batteria a trarne enorme vantaggio. Lucidando, motore ed elettronica sono sotto carico costante, quindi un'alimentazione stabile è decisiva. La batteria AP-18 fornisce quell'energia in modo regolare, così le macchine tengono il regime. Conta soprattutto nella lucidatura di precisione, dove il movimento regolare e la potenza costante fanno il risultato finale.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAnche nei setup di detailing mobile il sistema di batterie tira fuori il suo asso. Senza cavo, muovi la macchina libera attorno all'auto — niente prolunghe, niente prese. Aggiungi una seconda batteria e un caricabatterie rapido adatto e hai un flusso di lavoro efficiente: una batteria in uso mentre l'altra si ricarica.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCon questo sistema di batterie a rotazione lavori quasi senza interruzioni — un gran vantaggio sulle preparazioni complete impegnative o sui lavori pesanti in officina.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAP 18\/2.5 vs AP 18\/5.0 — capacità e dove usarle\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLa \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX AP 18\u003c\/strong\u003e è disponibile in due versioni che coprono esigenze diverse nel lavoro di tutti i giorni. Entrambe le batterie lavorano sulla stessa piattaforma 18 volt e sono pienamente compatibili con tutte le macchine FLEX 18 volt. La differenza sta soprattutto nella capacità, e quindi nell'autonomia che ne ricavi.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLa versione più compatta \u003cstrong\u003eAP 18\/2.5 (532732)\u003c\/strong\u003e ha una capacità di 2,5 Ah e pesa circa 0,42 kg. Questa batteria si adatta bene a lavori da leggeri a medi, o a macchine dove conta tenere il peso più basso possibile. Su lavori prolungati sopra la testa o sul detailing di precisione, quel peso ridotto lo senti davvero.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLa versione più potente \u003cstrong\u003eAP 18\/5.0 (532733)\u003c\/strong\u003e ha una capacità di 5,0 Ah e mette sulla bilancia circa 0,72 kg. La capacità doppia mette a disposizione molta più energia, così le macchine lavorano più a lungo prima di dover cambiare batteria. Questo rende la versione particolarmente interessante per lavori energivori come le lucidatrici o la levigatura.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEntrambe le batterie hanno meccanismi di protezione, indicatori di carica ed elettronica EMS identici. Così il rendimento dell'intero sistema di batterie FLEX resta coerente — a prescindere dalla capacità in uso in quel momento. La scelta tra le due si riduce quindi soprattutto a questo: massima autonomia o peso più basso possibile.\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"FLEX","offers":[{"title":"AP 18\/2.5 \"532732\" (18 V\/2.5 Ah)","offer_id":57168041017679,"sku":"D1-FLEX-532732","price":90.44,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"AP 18\/5.0 \"532733\" (18 V\/5.0 Ah)","offer_id":57168041050447,"sku":"D1-FLEX-532733","price":141.61,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"AP 18\/8.0 \"532748\" (18 V\/8.0 Ah)","offer_id":57377451180367,"sku":"D1-FLEX-532748","price":236.81,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/flex-ap18-akku-pack-18v_532732.png?v=1772664821"},{"product_id":"flex-xfe21518ec-15mm-akku-exzenterpolierer-freilauf-150mm-18v","title":"\"XFE 2 15 18-EC\" Lucidatrice orbitale a batteria a ruota libera 15mm Ø150mm (18V)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eFLEX XFE 2 15 18-EC — Lucidatrice orbitale a batteria per una finitura della vernice senza ologrammi\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eCosa sa fare la FLEX XFE 2 15 18-EC? La lucidatrice orbitale a batteria 18V, con corsa a ruota libera da 15 mm e platorello Ø150 mm, ti dà una finitura particolarmente uniforme e quasi priva di ologrammi, e unisce un lavoro di vernice da professionista a una libertà di movimento totale — senza cavo tra i piedi.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFLEX XFE 2 15 18-EC\u003c\/strong\u003e vuol dire lavorare la vernice in modo preciso, sicuro e allo stesso tempo efficiente nel detailing moderno. Questa lucidatrice orbitale a batteria è nata apposta per generare un movimento di lucidatura particolarmente fine e controllato — ideale per le finiture di alta gamma e le passate di finish senza ologrammi. Con il suo trascinamento orbitale a ruota libera, una corsa da 15 mm e un platorello Ø150 mm, la macchina cade esattamente nel punto giusto tra resa sulle superfici, controllo e qualità di finitura.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNel detailing pro questa classe di macchine ha un ruolo centrale. Le orbitali a ruota libera sono considerate particolarmente delicate sulla vernice, perché il loro movimento non è forzato — si adatta da solo alla pressione e alla superficie. Così il rischio di ologrammi e di aloni cala parecchio. Aggiungi la tecnologia a batteria moderna e ti ritrovi una lucidatrice davvero comoda da guidare, che porta comunque a casa risultati da professionista.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrbitale a ruota libera per un lavoro sulla vernice particolarmente sicuro.\u003c\/strong\u003e Il movimento rotatorio nasce solo dalla forza centrifuga del tampone. Così la macchina reagisce in modo molto sensibile alla pressione e abbassa il rischio di aloni.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCorsa da 15 mm per una resa efficiente.\u003c\/strong\u003e La corsa ampia aumenta nettamente la superficie lavorata a ogni passata. Da qui un lavoro più rapido con una finitura molto uniforme.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTecnologia a batteria 18 volt per una libertà di movimento totale.\u003c\/strong\u003e Il potente motore brushless eroga un regime costante senza cavo — ideale per la preparazione di veicoli pro o le postazioni di detailing mobili.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTecnologia della lucidatrice orbitale a ruota libera e movimento della corsa da 15 mm\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLa differenza decisiva della \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX XFE 2 15 18-EC\u003c\/strong\u003e sta nel trascinamento orbitale a ruota libera. A differenza delle orbitali a trascinamento forzato o delle rotative, il platorello non viene trascinato attivamente. La rotazione nasce dal movimento del cuscinetto eccentrico e dall'inerzia del tampone. Questa costruzione fa sì che la macchina reagisca in modo molto sensibile alla pressione e si adatti da sola alla superficie.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNella pratica vuol dire un movimento di lucidatura particolarmente controllato. Se spingi troppo, o la macchina arriva su una superficie molto bombata, la rotazione cala in automatico. Così scende l'accumulo di calore e con lui il rischio di aloni. È proprio per questo che le orbitali a ruota libera passano per macchine particolarmente sicure sulle vernici delicate e nei lavori di finitura di alta gamma.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLa corsa da 15 mm ha un ruolo chiave nell'efficienza della macchina. Più la corsa è grande, più superficie copri a ogni passata. Una corsa da 15 mm cade esattamente nella fascia che bilancia bene resa e controllo. Così la macchina lavora più in fretta delle classiche orbitali a corsa corta, ma resta nettamente più tranquilla e precisa delle macchine a corsa molto lunga.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLa lucidatrice è mossa da un moderno motore brushless. Questa costruzione riduce le perdite meccaniche, alza il rendimento e mantiene un'erogazione di potenza molto costante. Insieme all'elettronica integrata ottieni una rotazione molto uniforme — un fattore decisivo per un lavoro pulito, senza micrograffi o effetti olografici.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLucidatrice orbitale a batteria nel workflow di detailing pro\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNel workflow di detailing di tutti i giorni la \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX XFE 2 15 18-EC\u003c\/strong\u003e tira fuori il suo asso migliore: lavorare comodi con una libertà di movimento totale. Le lucidatrici a filo possono dare fastidio in tante situazioni — quando il cavo striscia su superfici appena lucidate o si impiglia di continuo mentre giri attorno all'auto. Una lucidatrice a batteria spazza via il problema del tutto.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProprio sui veicoli grandi, o nel lavoro mobile, andare senza filo rende tutto molto più efficiente. Ti muovi liberamente attorno all'auto senza riposizionare di continuo il cavo. Risparmi tempo e il lavoro scorre meglio.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eL'ergonomia della macchina dà una mano in più. La testa ingranaggi estremamente piatta riduce la distanza tra la mano e la vernice, così la guidi con grande precisione. La distribuzione bilanciata del peso tiene la lucidatrice tranquilla sulla vernice e ben controllabile anche nelle passate più lunghe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAltro fattore importante: la regolazione fine del numero di giri. Con la rotella tari la velocità esattamente su polish, tampone e tipo di vernice. I regimi bassi sono ideali per stendere il polish o sulle vernici delicate, mentre quelli alti velocizzano la lucidatura e permettono più correzione dei difetti.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbbinala a pad moderni e a polish di qualità e regoli tutto il processo con grande precisione — dal primo passaggio di correzione fino alla finitura a specchio.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRisultati della lucidatrice di finitura e impieghi tipici\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLa \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX XFE 2 15 18-EC\u003c\/strong\u003e è pensata soprattutto per i lavori di finitura di alta gamma e le correzioni one-step sicure. Per via del loro movimento particolare, le orbitali a ruota libera lasciano un disegno di lucidatura molto uniforme, di solito privo di effetti olografici. È proprio per questo che queste macchine vengono spesso usate come ultimo passaggio di lucidatura nei processi di preparazione pro.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eI lavori tipici: togliere micrograffi da lavaggio da leggeri a medi, ravvivare la brillantezza della vernice o rifinire un finish perfetto dopo una correzione più decisa. Il vantaggio di questa classe di macchine si vede soprattutto sulle vernici scure o sui trasparenti delicati, dove lascia una superficie molto uniforme e pulita.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIl platorello Ø150 mm permette di lavorare in modo efficiente le superfici più grandi. Cofani, portiere o tetti si lucidano in fretta e in modo uniforme senza perdere il controllo della macchina. Allo stesso tempo, grazie alla costruzione a ruota libera resta molto controllabile — anche per chi non sta sulla lucidatrice tutti i giorni.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNel detailing pro questo tipo di macchina viene quindi usato spesso come macchina tuttofare da finitura e one-step. Unisce un ampio margine di sicurezza a una resa efficiente e dà un risultato di vernice particolarmente pulito e brillante. È proprio questo mix a rendere l'orbitale FLEX una scelta amata dai detailer che vogliono risultati perfetti con il pieno controllo.\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"FLEX","offers":[{"title":"XFE 2 15 18-EC Set \"534662\" (2× Battery Pack \"532733\" + 1× Charger \"532280\")","offer_id":57168329572687,"sku":"D1-FLEX-534662","price":734.89,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"XFE 2 15 18-EC C \"534661\" (Battery \/ charger not included)","offer_id":57168329539919,"sku":"D1-FLEX-534661","price":422.89,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/flex-xfe21518ec-15mm-akku-exzenterpolierer-freilauf-150mm-18v.png?v=1772668221"},{"product_id":"flex-pe218ec-akku-rotationspolierer-150mm-18v","title":"Lucidatrice rotativa a batteria \"PE 2 18-EC\" Ø150mm (18V)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eLucidatrice rotativa a batteria FLEX PE 2 18-EC – Potenza pro senza filo per la massima correzione vernice\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eLa lucidatrice rotativa a batteria FLEX PE 2 18-EC è una macchina pro da 18 V potente, con motore brushless, regolazione costante del numero di giri e testa ingranaggi estremamente piatta – pensata per una correzione vernice precisa, alto taglio e pieno controllo nel detailing professionale.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLa lucidatrice rotativa a batteria \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX PE 2 18-EC\u003c\/strong\u003e punta a una performance senza compromessi nel car detailing moderno. Se vuoi correggere in modo efficiente difetti come graffi profondi, forte ossidazione o trasparente rovinato, ti serve una macchina con vera forza rotativa – ed è esattamente per questo che è nato questo attrezzo. L'insieme di un motore brushless potente, elettronica intelligente e sistema a 18 volt senza filo ne fa una soluzione mobile di alta gamma per la preparazione vernice professionale.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA differenza di un'orbitale, una rotativa lavora con un movimento rotatorio diretto. Questo ti dà molto più taglio – ideale per correzioni pesanti o sistemi di lucidatura multi-step nel detailing pro. Allo stesso tempo l'elettronica moderna del sistema FLEX tiene i giri stabili anche sotto carico, così la lucidatura resta controllata e precisa. È proprio questo equilibrio tra potenza, controllo ed ergonomia a rendere la macchina così preziosa ogni giorno per detailer, professionisti della vernice ed entusiasti esigenti.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTaglio rotativo potente per una correzione vernice seria\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIl motore brushless eroga potenza alta e costante per tutta la durata della batteria. In combinazione con il mantenimento elettronico dei giri, la lucidatura resta stabile – anche con forte pressione o su vernici impegnative.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTesta ingranaggi estremamente piatta per il massimo controllo\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eLa testa particolarmente piatta riduce nettamente la distanza dalla superficie. Così guidi la lucidatrice con precisione in ogni posizione e la tieni sotto controllo anche su forme di carrozzeria complesse.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eElettronica intelligente per risultati sicuri e uniformi\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAvvio dolce, protezione da sovraccarico, controllo della temperatura e blocco riavvio lavorano insieme per proteggere macchina e utente. Allo stesso tempo il controllo elettronico assicura un lavoro calmo e controllato.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLucidatrice rotativa a batteria per correzione vernice professionale e massimo taglio\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUna \u003cstrong\u003elucidatrice rotativa a batteria\u003c\/strong\u003e moderna oggi deve spuntare due caselle: massima potenza e pieno controllo. La FLEX PE 2 18-EC raggiunge esattamente questa combinazione grazie al motore brushless ad alta potenza e al controllo elettronico intelligente. I motori brushless lavorano in modo più efficiente dei classici motori a spazzole, scaldano di meno e durano molto di più. Allo stesso tempo l'elettronica integrata tiene i giri stabili – anche quando spingi sulla macchina mentre lucidi.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProprio nella correzione vernice seria questa costanza è decisiva. Se i giri crollano sotto carico, il pad perde il suo taglio. È qui che entra la cosiddetta elettronica a giri costanti e stabilizza i giri in automatico. Il risultato è una lucidatura uniforme con taglio controllato. La forza di una rotativa si vede soprattutto quando tiri via graffi profondi o lavori vernici molto rovinate. Secondo il produttore, la lucidatrice è progettata appositamente per la preparazione intensiva in applicazioni automotive, marine e aviation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNel detailing di tutti i giorni significa: anche una vernice molto danneggiata torna su in modo efficiente, senza che la macchina perda colpi. In combinazione con i pad giusti e un polish adatto ottieni una lucidatura controllata e ripetibile – esattamente ciò che distingue una preparazione auto professionale.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eErgonomia, testa piatta e controllo preciso della macchina in lucidatura\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eL'\u003cstrong\u003eergonomia della lucidatrice rotativa\u003c\/strong\u003e ha un ruolo decisivo per lavorare con precisione. In lucidatura non è solo la potenza della macchina a decidere il risultato, ma anche il tuo controllo su angolo, pressione e movimento. La FLEX PE 2 18-EC è stata progettata proprio con questo focus. La testa estremamente piatta porta il baricentro più vicino alla vernice e ti fa guidare la macchina in modo molto più preciso.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLo senti soprattutto su forme di carrozzeria complesse come parafanghi, paraurti o cofani molto bombati. Con meno distanza tra macchina e superficie, la lucidatrice è più stabile e risponde più direttamente ai tuoi movimenti. Allo stesso tempo le impugnature ergonomiche con softgrip danno una presa sicura e un handling controllato anche nelle sessioni di lucidatura più lunghe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUn altro dettaglio è il blocco mandrino riposizionato sul lato inferiore della macchina. Questa soluzione evita un azionamento involontario durante il lavoro e allo stesso tempo facilita il cambio rapido di platorelli o pad. Proprio nel detailing pro, dove cambi spesso tra durezze o diametri di pad diversi, questo fa risparmiare tempo vero nel workflow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSistema batteria FLEX 18V e potenza costante per il detailing mobile\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIl \u003cstrong\u003esistema batteria FLEX 18V\u003c\/strong\u003e porta un vantaggio decisivo nella preparazione: vera mobilità senza tagli sulla potenza. Le macchine a filo sono state a lungo considerate più potenti, ma le lucidatrici a batteria moderne raggiungono ormai una performance paragonabile. Secondo il produttore, la FLEX PE 2 18-EC è impostata per mantenere la potenza costante per tutta la durata della batteria.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eQuesta erogazione costante conta soprattutto sulle passate di lucidatura più lunghe. Se i giri cambiano a metà lucidatura, rischi risultati irregolari. Tramite l'Electronic Management System (EMS) la macchina controlla di continuo temperatura, carico e alimentazione. Così le situazioni di sovraccarico vengono riconosciute e la macchina resta stabile ed efficiente.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLa lucidatrice è pienamente compatibile con tutte le batterie FLEX a 18 volt, quindi si inserisce senza problemi nei sistemi di batteria esistenti. Se usi già attrezzi a batteria FLEX, riutilizzi subito le batterie che hai e aggiungi una lucidatrice potente al tuo setup di detailing professionale.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"FLEX","offers":[{"title":"PE 2 18-EC Set \"534654\" (2x Battery \"532733\" + 1x Charger \"532280\") \/ default \/ default","offer_id":57211767128399,"sku":"D1-FLEX-534654","price":749.89,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"PE 2 18-EC Set \"534654\" (2x Battery \"532733\" + 1x Charger \"532280\") \/ default \/ + 1x Hook and Loop Backing Pad Ø125mm \"535704\"","offer_id":57225069625679,"sku":null,"price":767.89,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"PE 2 18-EC Set \"534654\" (2x Battery \"532733\" + 1x Charger \"532280\") \/ default \/ + 1x Hook and Loop Pad Ø75mm \"535705\"","offer_id":57225069658447,"sku":null,"price":764.89,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"PE 2 18-EC Set \"534654\" (2x Battery \"532733\" + 1x Charger \"532280\") \/ default \/ + 1x Hook and loop pad Ø125mm \"535704\" + 1x Hook and loop pad Ø75mm \"535705\"","offer_id":57225069691215,"sku":null,"price":782.89,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"PE 2 18-EC Set \"534654\" (2x Battery \"532733\" + 1x Charger \"532280\") \/ + 1x Battery \"532733\" \/ default","offer_id":57213897638223,"sku":null,"price":869.89,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"PE 2 18-EC Set \"534654\" (2x Battery \"532733\" + 1x Charger \"532280\") \/ + 1x Battery \"532733\" \/ + 1x Hook and Loop Backing Pad Ø125mm \"535704\"","offer_id":57225069723983,"sku":null,"price":887.89,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"PE 2 18-EC Set \"534654\" (2x Battery \"532733\" + 1x Charger \"532280\") \/ + 1x Battery \"532733\" \/ + 1x Hook and Loop Pad Ø75mm \"535705\"","offer_id":57225069756751,"sku":null,"price":884.89,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"PE 2 18-EC Set \"534654\" (2x Battery \"532733\" + 1x Charger \"532280\") \/ + 1x Battery \"532733\" \/ + 1x Hook and loop pad Ø125mm \"535704\" + 1x Hook and loop pad Ø75mm \"535705\"","offer_id":57225069789519,"sku":null,"price":902.89,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"PE 2 18-EC Set \"534654\" (2x Battery \"532733\" + 1x Charger \"532280\") \/ + 2x battery \"532733\" \/ default","offer_id":57225061335375,"sku":null,"price":989.89,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"PE 2 18-EC Set \"534654\" (2x Battery \"532733\" + 1x Charger \"532280\") \/ + 2x battery \"532733\" \/ + 1x Hook and Loop Backing Pad Ø125mm \"535704\"","offer_id":57225069822287,"sku":null,"price":1008.89,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"PE 2 18-EC Set \"534654\" (2x Battery \"532733\" + 1x Charger \"532280\") \/ + 2x battery \"532733\" \/ + 1x Hook and Loop Pad Ø75mm \"535705\"","offer_id":57225069855055,"sku":null,"price":1005.89,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"PE 2 18-EC Set \"534654\" (2x Battery \"532733\" + 1x Charger \"532280\") \/ + 2x battery \"532733\" \/ + 1x Hook and loop pad Ø125mm \"535704\" + 1x Hook and loop pad Ø75mm \"535705\"","offer_id":57225069887823,"sku":null,"price":1023.89,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"PE 2 18-EC Set \"534654\" (2x Battery \"532733\" + 1x Charger \"532280\") \/ + 3x battery \"532733\" \/ default","offer_id":57225061368143,"sku":null,"price":1110.89,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"PE 2 18-EC Set \"534654\" (2x Battery \"532733\" + 1x Charger \"532280\") \/ + 3x battery \"532733\" \/ + 1x Hook and Loop Backing Pad Ø125mm \"535704\"","offer_id":57225069920591,"sku":null,"price":1128.89,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"PE 2 18-EC Set \"534654\" (2x Battery \"532733\" + 1x Charger \"532280\") \/ + 3x battery \"532733\" \/ + 1x Hook and Loop Pad Ø75mm \"535705\"","offer_id":57225069953359,"sku":null,"price":1125.89,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"PE 2 18-EC Set \"534654\" (2x Battery \"532733\" + 1x Charger \"532280\") \/ + 3x battery \"532733\" \/ + 1x Hook and loop pad Ø125mm \"535704\" + 1x Hook and loop pad Ø75mm \"535705\"","offer_id":57225069986127,"sku":null,"price":1143.89,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"PE 2 18-EC C \"534653\" (Without battery \/ charger) \/ default \/ default","offer_id":57211767161167,"sku":"D1-FLEX-534653","price":436.89,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"PE 2 18-EC C \"534653\" (Without battery \/ charger) \/ default \/ + 1x Hook and Loop Backing Pad Ø125mm \"535704\"","offer_id":57225070018895,"sku":null,"price":454.89,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"PE 2 18-EC C \"534653\" (Without battery \/ charger) \/ default \/ + 1x Hook and Loop Pad Ø75mm \"535705\"","offer_id":57225070051663,"sku":null,"price":451.89,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"PE 2 18-EC C \"534653\" (Without battery \/ charger) \/ default \/ + 1x Hook and loop pad Ø125mm \"535704\" + 1x Hook and loop pad Ø75mm \"535705\"","offer_id":57225070084431,"sku":null,"price":469.89,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"PE 2 18-EC C \"534653\" (Without battery \/ charger) \/ + 1x Battery \"532733\" \/ default","offer_id":57213897670991,"sku":null,"price":556.89,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"PE 2 18-EC C \"534653\" (Without battery \/ charger) \/ + 1x Battery \"532733\" \/ + 1x Hook and Loop Backing Pad Ø125mm \"535704\"","offer_id":57225070117199,"sku":null,"price":575.89,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"PE 2 18-EC C \"534653\" (Without battery \/ charger) \/ + 1x Battery \"532733\" \/ + 1x Hook and Loop Pad Ø75mm \"535705\"","offer_id":57225070149967,"sku":null,"price":572.89,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"PE 2 18-EC C \"534653\" (Without battery \/ charger) \/ + 1x Battery \"532733\" \/ + 1x Hook and loop pad Ø125mm \"535704\" + 1x Hook and loop pad Ø75mm \"535705\"","offer_id":57225070182735,"sku":null,"price":590.89,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"PE 2 18-EC C \"534653\" (Without battery \/ charger) \/ + 2x battery \"532733\" \/ default","offer_id":57225061400911,"sku":null,"price":677.89,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"PE 2 18-EC C \"534653\" (Without battery \/ charger) \/ + 2x battery \"532733\" \/ + 1x Hook and Loop Backing Pad Ø125mm \"535704\"","offer_id":57225070215503,"sku":null,"price":695.89,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"PE 2 18-EC C \"534653\" (Without battery \/ charger) \/ + 2x battery \"532733\" \/ + 1x Hook and Loop Pad Ø75mm \"535705\"","offer_id":57225070248271,"sku":null,"price":692.89,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"PE 2 18-EC C \"534653\" (Without battery \/ charger) \/ + 2x battery \"532733\" \/ + 1x Hook and loop pad Ø125mm \"535704\" + 1x Hook and loop pad Ø75mm \"535705\"","offer_id":57225070281039,"sku":null,"price":710.89,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"PE 2 18-EC C \"534653\" (Without battery \/ charger) \/ + 3x battery \"532733\" \/ default","offer_id":57225061433679,"sku":null,"price":797.89,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"PE 2 18-EC C \"534653\" (Without battery \/ charger) \/ + 3x battery \"532733\" \/ + 1x Hook and Loop Backing Pad Ø125mm \"535704\"","offer_id":57225070313807,"sku":null,"price":815.89,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"PE 2 18-EC C \"534653\" (Without battery \/ charger) \/ + 3x battery \"532733\" \/ + 1x Hook and Loop Pad Ø75mm \"535705\"","offer_id":57225070346575,"sku":null,"price":812.89,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"PE 2 18-EC C \"534653\" (Without battery \/ charger) \/ + 3x battery \"532733\" \/ + 1x Hook and loop pad Ø125mm \"535704\" + 1x Hook and loop pad Ø75mm \"535705\"","offer_id":57225070379343,"sku":null,"price":710.89,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/flex-pe218ec-akku-rotationspolierer-150mm-18v.png?v=1773157737"},{"product_id":"flex-pe214ecc-rotationspolierer-150mm","title":"Lucidatrice rotativa \"PE 2 14-EC C\" Ø150mm","description":"\u003ch2\u003eFLEX PE 2 14-EC C Lucidatrice rotativa Ø150mm – controllo massimo e potenza di lucidatura senza compromessi per il detailing professionale\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eCosa rende speciale la FLEX PE 2 14-EC C Lucidatrice rotativa Ø150mm? Questa lucidatrice rotativa pro unisce un motore EC tosto, una regolazione dei giri precisa e un'ergonomia azzeccata – per una correzione difetti controllata, una vernice liscia da matti e una lucidatura efficiente a livello pro.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLa \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX PE 2 14-EC C Lucidatrice rotativa Ø150mm\u003c\/strong\u003e è precisione senza compromessi sulla correzione vernice seria. Se prendi il detailing sul serio – appassionato accanito o pro a tempo pieno – lo sai: una vera rotativa è lo strumento per la massima correzione difetti quando hai a che fare con graffi, ossidazione o swirl profondi. Ed è proprio qui che entra in gioco questa macchina. FLEX è da decenni il riferimento per le lucidatrici nel detailing automotive, e con questa rotativa il produttore mette in campo una macchina che lega potenza, dolcezza di marcia e controllo in una costruzione sorprendentemente bilanciata.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIl focus non è sulla forza pura, ma sulla forza controllata. La moderna tecnologia del motore EC tiene i giri costanti sotto carico, così i pad di lucidatura lavorano uniformi e le paste danno tutto il loro potenziale. Nella pratica questo significa: correzione difetti più precisa, miglior controllo della temperatura sulle vernici delicate e un modo di lavorare nettamente più tranquillo. È proprio questo che fa di una rotativa di qualità uno strumento centrale in un workflow di detailing professionale.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotore EC ad alta efficienza per una potenza di lucidatura costante\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIl moderno motore brushless eroga giri uniformi anche sotto pressione. Questo garantisce risultati di lucidatura stabili ed evita cali di potenza durante la correzione – un vantaggio decisivo su trasparenti duri o superfici molto degradate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEquilibrio perfetto tra potenza e controllo\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eLa costruzione ergonomica fa sì che la macchina si guidi con precisione. Proprio sulle rotative il controllo è decisivo per gestire l'accumulo di calore ed eseguire ogni passaggio di lucidatura al millimetro.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOttimizzata per la correzione vernice professionale\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCon un platorello Ø150 mm la lucidatrice lavora efficiente su superfici grandi come cofani, portiere o tetti. Allo stesso tempo resta abbastanza precisa per una correzione difetti controllata nel dettaglio.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLa lucidatrice rotativa nel detailing – massima correzione difetti e lavorazione vernice precisa\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUna \u003cstrong\u003elucidatrice rotativa\u003c\/strong\u003e è lo strumento a cui ricorri quando ti servono il massimo taglio e una correzione difetti rapida. Dove le lucidatrici orbitali puntano su una finitura sicura e senza ologrammi, un movimento di lucidatura rotatorio mette molto più taglio meccanico sulla superficie della vernice. È proprio questo che ti permette di tirare via graffi più profondi, marring da lavaggio marcato o ossidazione in modo molto più efficiente.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIl vantaggio decisivo di una rotativa di qualità sta nella trasmissione di potenza controllata. Grazie al movimento rotatorio costante il pad lavora in modo permanente nella stessa direzione sulla vernice. In combinazione con le moderne paste taglienti nascono così immagini di taglio estremamente uniformi, che poi si rifiniscono pulite. È proprio questa efficienza a fare delle rotative uno strumento centrale nella preparazione veicoli pro.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn uso, però, conta molto l'equilibrio tra giri, pressione e pad. Una macchina con regolazione dei giri precisa – come sulle lucidatrici a motore EC moderne – ti lascia pilotare il processo di lucidatura con esattezza. I giri bassi vanno bene ad esempio per stendere la pasta o sulle vernici delicate, mentre i giri alti li usi mirati per una correzione difetti più decisa. Il punto decisivo resta sempre guidare la macchina in modo uniforme sulla vernice, così che il pad possa lavorare costante.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTecnologia del motore EC e controllo dei giri per risultati di lucidatura costanti\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIl \u003cstrong\u003emotore EC\u003c\/strong\u003e è il cuore delle lucidatrici premium moderne. A differenza dei motori classici, un motore a commutazione elettronica lavora senza spazzole in carbonio, il che porta diversi vantaggi: maggiore efficienza, meno usura e giri molto più stabili sotto carico. Proprio sulle lucidature intense la differenza si vede chiarissima, perché la macchina tiene la velocità impostata costante – anche quando metti più pressione sul pad.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePer te significa una lucidatura molto più controllata. I pad lavorano più uniformi, le paste vengono sfruttate meglio e il rischio di immagini di taglio irregolari cala. Allo stesso tempo la regolazione precisa dei giri ti lascia adattare la macchina esattamente ai diversi stati della vernice. I trasparenti OEM duri chiedono spesso più mordente meccanico, mentre le vernici delicate o morbide vogliono un trattamento più dolce.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNella pratica il vantaggio salta fuori soprattutto sulle lucidature lunghe. Dato che il motore sviluppa meno calore e lavora più efficiente, la macchina resta piacevolmente fluida. Questo non migliora solo il controllo sulla lucidatrice – riduce anche lo sforzo fisico nelle sessioni di detailing più lunghe. È proprio questa combinazione di efficienza, dolcezza di marcia e potenza stabile a fare delle lucidatrici EC moderne una delle evoluzioni più importanti nel segmento pro.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCorrezione vernice professionale con platorello Ø150mm nel workflow di detailing\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUn \u003cstrong\u003eplatorello Ø150 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e è un compromesso ideale tra resa sulle superfici e controllo nel detailing pro. Questa misura ti lascia lavorare superfici più grandi in modo efficiente senza che la macchina diventi imprecisa o difficile da gestire. Proprio su cofani, portiere o tetti questa larghezza di lavoro fa sì che le passate di lucidatura si chiudano molto più in fretta.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn combinazione con pad adeguati e paste abbinate nasce un workflow di correzione vernice estremamente efficace. Di solito il lavoro parte con una pasta tagliente più forte e un cutting pad abbinato per togliere i difetti profondi. Segue poi un passaggio più fine che affina l'immagine di taglio e porta la vernice al massimo della brillantezza. Le rotative danno il meglio proprio in questo primo passaggio di correzione, perché tolgono i difetti più in fretta e più efficienti di molti altri concetti di macchina.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePerché il risultato venga perfetto, però, è la preparazione giusta a fare la differenza. Un prelavaggio accurato, una superficie decontaminata e panni in microfibra di qualità per togliere i residui di pasta sono parti importanti di un processo di detailing professionale. Solo quando la vernice è pulita e libera da particelle una lucidatrice può dare tutto il suo potenziale e mettere giù una finitura uniforme e brillante.\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"FLEX","offers":[{"title":"PE 2 14-EC C \"532985\" \/ default","offer_id":57212161556815,"sku":"D1-FLEX-532985","price":463.89,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"PE 2 14-EC C \"532985\" \/ + 1x Hook and Loop Backing Pad Ø125mm \"535704\"","offer_id":57233995661647,"sku":null,"price":482.89,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"PE 2 14-EC C \"532985\" \/ + 1x Hook and Loop Pad Ø75mm \"535705\"","offer_id":57233995694415,"sku":null,"price":479.89,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"PE 2 14-EC C \"532985\" \/ + 1x Hook and Loop Backing Pad Ø125mm \"535704\" + 1x Hook and Loop Backing Pad Ø75mm \"535705\"","offer_id":57233995628879,"sku":null,"price":497.89,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/flex-pe214ecc-rotationspolierer-150mm_534653.png?v=1773158611"},{"product_id":"flex-xce2814ecc-8mm-exzenterpolierer-zwangsrotation-150mm","title":"\"XCE 2 8 14-EC C\" lucidatrice orbitale 8 mm a rotazione forzata Ø150 mm","description":"\u003ch2\u003eFLEX XCE 2 8 14-EC C – lucidatrice orbitale a rotazione forzata per una correzione vernice controllata con la massima efficienza\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eCosa rende speciale la FLEX XCE 2 8 14-EC C? Questa lucidatrice unisce il movimento orbitale alla rotazione forzata e a un'orbita da 8 mm – così ottieni un'alta capacità di correzione, rotazione che tiene sotto carico e risultati controllati e con pochi ologrammi nel detailing professionale.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFLEX XCE 2 8 14-EC C\u003c\/strong\u003e è una delle macchine più interessanti per il detailing professionale: una lucidatrice orbitale da 8 mm a rotazione forzata, che unisce la sicurezza di un'orbitale alla capacità di correzione di una rotativa. È proprio questo mix a renderla così amata nel detailing moderno. Invece di dover scegliere tra una correzione aggressiva e una finitura sicura, questa macchina ti mette in mano un attrezzo che collega i due mondi in modo intelligente. Pensata per il lavoro pro in studi di detailing, carrozzerie e ricondizionamento, la lucidatrice con filo dà potenza costante, un controllo che senti e risultati ripetibili – anche su vernici difficili o difetti ostinati.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRotazione forzata per un cut costante\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eGrazie alla trazione forzata meccanica il platorello resta sempre in movimento, anche quando carichi con più pressione. Questo elimina il classico \"stallo\" delle orbitali e dà una correzione uniforme – anche su curve, spigoli e parti bombate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrbita da 8 mm per una correzione controllata\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eL'orbita da 8 mm calibrata con cura prende in pieno il punto giusto tra cut e controllo. Su un one-step o difetti medi ottieni un comportamento di lucidatura molto prevedibile che lascia risultati puliti.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotore brushless \u0026amp; elettronica intelligente\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIl moderno motore brushless eroga potenza costante e lavora efficiente e a lungo. In coppia con l'elettronica a microprocessore e il mantenimento del numero di giri, la resa di lucidatura resta stabile – anche sotto carico.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eUna lucidatrice a rotazione forzata per una correzione vernice controllata\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUna \u003cstrong\u003elucidatrice a rotazione forzata\u003c\/strong\u003e fa girare due movimenti insieme: il moto orbitale eccentrico e una rotazione del platorello mossa meccanicamente. È proprio questo sistema a rendere la FLEX XCE 2 8 14-EC C così interessante nel detailing pro. Le orbitali a ruota libera tendono a perdere la rotazione appena spingi più forte, ma con la rotazione forzata il platorello continua a girare comunque. Così togli materiale in modo molto più uniforme e la macchina lavora molto più stabile. Su vernici stanche, micrograffi da lavaggio o segni d'uso classici questa tecnologia fa lavorare la macchina in modo affidabile e tira giù i difetti per davvero. Allo stesso tempo il risultato resta controllabile, perché il moto orbitale taglia di parecchio gli ologrammi tipici delle rotative. È questo mix di controllo e potenza a rendere le orbitali forzate così preziose nell'uso pro. Hai un feedback molto diretto dalla superficie, dosi la pressione al millimetro e porti a casa risultati ripetibili – che tu lavori su portiere piatte, paraurti pieni di forme o parafanghi molto sagomati.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLa lucidatrice orbitale da 8 mm nel detailing professionale\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUna \u003cstrong\u003elucidatrice orbitale da 8 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e è vista nel detailing come un'orbita davvero versatile. Le macchine a orbita grande puntano soprattutto a coprire superficie in fretta, ma a 8 mm il focus sta chiaramente sul controllo, la precisione e una correzione uniforme. È esattamente per questo che la FLEX XCE 2 8 14-EC C piace così tanto ai detailer pro che cercano una macchina per correzioni precise e passate one-step efficienti. Abbinala ai pad e ai polish giusti e affronti una gamma enorme di stati della vernice – dai classici micrograffi da lavaggio fino a superfici più stanche. La gamma di giri calibrata con cura tiene il lavoro sotto controllo dall'inizio alla fine. L'elettronica a microprocessore tiene i giri costanti, controlla temperatura e carico e dà un avvio morbido e controllato. Il risultato è una lucidatura molto tranquilla con un chiaro controllo della macchina. Proprio sulle passate lunghe o le correzioni intense questa silenziosità diventa un vantaggio vero, perché ti fa lavorare senza affaticarti e allo stesso tempo alza la tua precisione.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTecnologia e design ergonomico della lucidatrice FLEX\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUna \u003cstrong\u003elucidatrice FLEX\u003c\/strong\u003e rappresenta da decenni le macchine pro nel detailing automotive e nel ripristino vernice. Sulla XCE 2 8 14-EC C questa esperienza si vede benissimo nel gioco tra trasmissione, ergonomia ed equilibrio. Il potente motore brushless dà una trasmissione di potenza costante e lavora efficiente e a lungo – un fattore decisivo nel lavoro di tutti i giorni. Allo stesso tempo la trasmissione ad alte prestazioni di nuova concezione taglia vibrazioni e rumore, così la macchina gira molto più tranquilla. Altro punto forte è la testa ingranaggi estremamente piatta. L'altezza ridotta avvicina la macchina alla superficie, e questo alza il tuo controllo in lucidatura. Proprio su superfici verticali, zone strette della carrozzeria o contorni complessi questo vantaggio si sente subito. Completa il tutto con zone soft-grip ergonomiche e una distribuzione del peso bilanciata che ti lasciano guidare la macchina in sicurezza. Per la giornata di lavoro il lungo cavo di rete ti dà inoltre la massima libertà di movimento intorno all'auto. Il risultato è una lucidatrice pensata per potenza costante, controllo preciso e correzione vernice efficiente nel detailing di tutti i giorni.\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"FLEX","offers":[{"title":"XCE 2 8 14-EC C \"532986\" \/ default","offer_id":57212239774031,"sku":"D1-FLEX-532986","price":419.89,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"XCE 2 8 14-EC C \"532986\" \/ + 1x Velcro Pad Special Ø125mm \"487953\"","offer_id":57233976394063,"sku":"D1-FLEX-532986+487953","price":441.89,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/flex-xce2814ecc-8mm-exzenterpolierer-zwangsrotation-150mm_532986.png?v=1773159601"},{"product_id":"flex-xfe21514ecc-15mm-exzenterpolierer-freilauf-150mm","title":"FLEX \"XFE 2 15 14-EC C\" lucidatrice orbitale 15mm a rotazione libera Ø150mm","description":"\u003ch2\u003eFLEX XFE 2 15 14-EC C – Correzione vernice precisa e finitura senza ologrammi con 15 mm di potenza orbitale\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eLa FLEX XFE 2 15 14-EC C è una lucidatrice orbitale professionale da 15 mm a rotazione libera che, grazie al motore brushless ad alte prestazioni, alla testa ingranaggi estremamente piatta e all'elettronica intelligente, ti fa lucidare con il controllo totale – ideale per il lavoro di finitura senza ologrammi e la correzione vernice precisa.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eXFE 2 15 14-EC C\u003c\/strong\u003e è una nuova generazione di lucidatrici orbitali professionali nel detailing automotive. Costruita per il massimo controllo, una corsa silenziosa e un lavoro di superficie preciso, questa macchina unisce la moderna tecnologia del motore brushless a una cinematica orbitale perfettamente tarata. È proprio questa combinazione che tira via i difetti della vernice come ologrammi, swirl fini o graffi leggeri, senza il solito rischio di picchi di calore o aloni di lucidatura che trovi sulle macchine più aggressive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNel detailing pro non conta solo la potenza – conta la potenza controllata. Ed è qui che la corsa da 15 mm della macchina gioca la sua carta: abbastanza grande da mordere la vernice in modo efficiente, e allo stesso tempo abbastanza fine per una finitura pulita da matti. Insieme all'orbitale a rotazione libera ottieni un sistema di lucidatura che lavora con precisione anche su trasparenti delicati e resta stabile senza cedimenti. Il tutto è supportato da una moderna elettronica a microprocessore che tiene d'occhio velocità e carico e mantiene una performance uniforme dalla prima all'ultima passata.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCorsa orbitale da 15 mm per una correzione vernice efficiente e una finitura impeccabile.\u003c\/strong\u003e La corsa grande dà una correzione dei difetti ben visibile, mentre il movimento a rotazione libera mantiene il risultato senza ologrammi. È proprio questo equilibrio a rendere la macchina un vero attrezzo tuttofare per one-step e finitura.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotore brushless ad alte prestazioni con un'erogazione costante.\u003c\/strong\u003e La moderna piattaforma motore ti dà alta efficienza e potenza costante anche sotto carico. Così il movimento di lucidatura resta stabile – un fattore decisivo per risultati uniformi e ripetibili.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTesta ingranaggi estremamente piatta per il massimo controllo.\u003c\/strong\u003e La distanza ridotta dalla superficie rende la macchina molto più facile da guidare. Su superfici piane, zone strette o forme di carrozzeria complesse questo significa un lavoro preciso e tranquillo.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLucidatrice orbitale a rotazione libera, corsa 15 mm e motore brushless\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLa \u003cstrong\u003elucidatrice orbitale a rotazione libera\u003c\/strong\u003e è, nel detailing moderno, uno dei tipi di macchina più importanti per la correzione vernice controllata. Sulla XFE 2 15 14-EC C il mix di corsa da 15 mm e rotazione libera fa sì che il movimento di lucidatura si adatti in modo dinamico alla superficie. Dove le macchine rotative possono mordere forte, la corsa orbitale distribuisce il movimento sulla vernice lungo una traiettoria ellittica. Ottieni così un movimento di lucidatura uniforme che riduce i difetti, ma allo stesso tempo abbatte nettamente il rischio di aloni di lucidatura tipo ologramma.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIl cuore della macchina è il motore brushless dell'ultima generazione. Questa tecnologia lavora in modo più efficiente dei motori classici e dà un'erogazione stabile e costante. Per te significa un movimento di lucidatura uniforme, anche quando spingi o monti tamponi più grandi. Proprio questa costanza è ciò che ti dà risultati ripetibili nel detailing – che tu faccia un one-step o la passata di finitura finale.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIl motore è supportato da un'elettronica a microprocessore intelligente che sorveglia in permanenza velocità e carico. Un tachimetro mantiene la velocità stabile anche sotto carico. Allo stesso tempo sistemi integrati come protezione da sovraccarico, blocco riavvio e controllo della temperatura proteggono la macchina e tengono costante la performance di lavoro su sessioni di lucidatura più lunghe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGuida precisa della macchina grazie alla testa ingranaggi piatta\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eQuando lucidi, non è solo la potenza a decidere il risultato – è soprattutto il controllo. Ed è qui che la XFE 2 15 14-EC C mostra i suoi vantaggi costruttivi. La testa ingranaggi estremamente piatta riduce nettamente la distanza tra macchina e superficie della vernice. Si crea così un collegamento più diretto tra la tua mano e il tampone, e lo senti soprattutto sulle grandi superfici del veicolo o sulle forme di carrozzeria complesse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNella pratica significa: la macchina si guida in modo più stabile, bordi e contorni si lavorano con più precisione e mantieni per tutto il tempo un feeling pulito per il movimento di lucidatura. Proprio in finitura – l'ultimo step della nobilitazione della vernice – questo controllo è decisivo per creare un riflesso nitido e senza ologrammi nella vernice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn più, il nuovo riduttore ad alte prestazioni abbatte nettamente rumore e vibrazioni. In combinazione con zone di impugnatura soft-grip ergonomiche ottieni una macchina che sta comoda in mano anche nelle sessioni più lunghe e si guida con precisione. Il risultato è un modo di lavorare tranquillo e controllato che, nel detailing pro, fa la differenza tra risultati buoni e perfetti.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePreparazione vernice professionale e finitura senza ologrammi\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLa \u003cstrong\u003epreparazione vernice professionale\u003c\/strong\u003e vive del mix perfetto tra macchina, polish e tampone. È proprio per questo lavoro che è stata sviluppata la XFE 2 15 14-EC C. La corsa da 15 mm dà una correzione dei difetti efficace con allo stesso tempo una finitura molto pulita – una combinazione che conta soprattutto sui trasparenti moderni. Swirl fini, ologrammi o graffi leggeri si riducono in modo mirato, mentre la vernice guadagna visibilmente in profondità e nitidezza.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eL'orbitale a rotazione libera rende la macchina particolarmente versatile. Va bene sia per i processi di lucidatura one-step, dove correzione dei difetti e finitura si combinano, sia per le passate di pura finitura dove al centro ci sono il massimo della brillantezza e della profondità. Proprio in combinazione con tamponi di finitura morbidi e polish finemente tarati ottieni una superficie di vernice estremamente nitida con un forte riflesso.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrazie alla gamma di velocità stabile, alla corsa a basse vibrazioni e al movimento orbitale controllato, la macchina è adatta non solo alle vernici automotive classiche, ma anche a superfici esigenti in ambiti come marine o aviation. In tutti i casi l'obiettivo resta lo stesso: lucidatura controllata, massima qualità della superficie e una finitura che porta la vernice a un nuovo livello.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"FLEX","offers":[{"title":"XFE 2 15 14-EC C \"532987\" \/ default","offer_id":57212485501263,"sku":"D1-FLEX-532987","price":419.89,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"XFE 2 15 14-EC C \"532987\" \/ + 1x Hook and Loop Backing Pad Special Ø125mm \"487953\"","offer_id":57233903518031,"sku":"D1-FLEX-532987+487953","price":441.89,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/flex-xfe21514ecc-15mm-exzenterpolierer-freilauf-150mm_532987.png?v=1773161304"},{"product_id":"flex-pxe8012ec-akku-exzenterpolierer-80mm-12v","title":"\"PXE 80 12-EC\" lucidatrice orbitale a batteria Ø80mm (12V)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eFLEX PXE 80 12-EC Cordless Orbital Polisher — 0.6 kg Mini Polisher with DT Adapter Quick-Change for Rotary, 3mm and 12mm Stroke\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat is the FLEX PXE 80 12-EC? The FLEX PXE 80 12-EC is a cordless 12V random orbital polisher with a brushless motor, weighing 0.6 kg, and featuring the unique DT Adapter quick-change system — which transforms the PXE 80 into four functionally different polishing machines via three interchangeable orbital stroke adapters (3mm, 12mm, rotary).\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn professional detailing, there is no product on the market as consistently designed for the demands of tight spaces, precision, and multi-stage processes as the \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX PXE 80 12-EC Cordless Orbital Polisher\u003c\/strong\u003e. Its 0.6 kg weight, maximum Ø80mm diameter, 12V battery system, and unique DT Adapter system make it the first and only mini polisher that offers rotary, 3mm, and 12mm orbital motion in one device — without changing machines, without retooling, without compromise.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX PXE 80 12-EC\u003c\/strong\u003e is the specialist for situations where a large 150mm orbital polisher can no longer reach: door sills, spoiler sections, bumper details, narrow body seams, roof edges, tight door cutouts. However, it is not a niche product for exceptions — it is the first choice for anyone who wants to perform multi-stage polishing processes on small pads with maximum control and minimal equipment changes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith four speed settings (400–5,800 rpm), a brushless motor, EMS protection, and battery life that easily covers a full vehicle during typical use, the \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX PXE 80 12-EC Cordless Orbital Polisher\u003c\/strong\u003e is not a compromise between compactness and professionalism — it combines both at a level that is unique in the mini-polisher segment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDT Adapter Quick-Change — one polisher, four characteristics.\u003c\/strong\u003e The core of the PXE 80 12-EC is the \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/flex-dt-adapter-pxe-80\"\u003eDT Adapter System\u003c\/a\u003e: Four interchangeable adapters — DT-P (rotary), DT-XF 3 (3mm stroke), DT-XF 6 (6mm stroke), DT-XF 12 (12mm stroke) — transform the same polisher into four functionally different machines without tools. Changing adapters takes seconds. If all four adapters are pre-equipped (hook-and-loop backing plate + pad fixed), changing between multi-stage processes (Cut → Compound → Finish) takes 10 seconds instead of 2 minutes for a pad change.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e0.6 kg weight and Ø80mm — the polisher for all areas that a 150mm device cannot reach.\u003c\/strong\u003e With a weight of 0.6 kg and a working diameter of 80mm, the PXE 80 12-EC reaches areas inaccessible to traditional orbital polishers: door edges, bumper recesses, headlight frames, roof rails, narrow hood edges. This is not a bonus feature — it is the primary application. Anyone who occasionally polishes a vehicle with complex body shapes knows exactly how valuable a polisher that can truly reach everywhere is.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrushless motor with EMS — durable, powerful, and battery-friendly.\u003c\/strong\u003e The brushless motor of the PXE 80 12-EC operates with higher efficiency than brushed alternatives: less heat, less wear, longer lifespan. The Electronic Management System (EMS) protects the motor and battery from overload, overheating, and deep discharge. In continuous professional operation, where the polisher runs for several hours a day, these are not theoretical advantages — they determine the device's lifespan.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cblockquote class=\"praxistipp\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePractical Tip from Detailing1:\u003c\/strong\u003e For the multi-stage process with the PXE 80 12-EC, we recommend pre-equipping three DT-XF adapters: DT-XF 12 with a cutting pad for stage 1, DT-XF 3 with a compounding pad for stage 2, DT-XF 3 with a finishing pad for stage 3. With all three ready on the workbench, switching between stages takes 5 seconds instead of 2 minutes. For tight areas, also use the Ø30mm hook-and-loop backing plate: the small plate reaches crevices and indentations that no larger polisher can access.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDT Adapter System — four polishing characteristics from one device\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eDT Adapter System\u003c\/strong\u003e of the \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX PXE 80 12-EC Cordless Orbital Polisher\u003c\/strong\u003e is unique in the market. It allows tool-free switching between four fundamentally different polishing characteristics — on a single device, without tool changes and without machine downtime:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eDT-XF 3 (3mm stroke)\u003c\/strong\u003e generates a fast, fine orbital motion. Low hologram risk, maximum gloss, minimally invasive — ideal for finishing work and the final polishing stage. The \u003cstrong\u003eDT-XF 6 (6mm stroke)\u003c\/strong\u003e is the all-rounder: aggressive enough for medium defect correction, gentle enough for good finishing. The first recommendation for a single adapter purchase. The \u003cstrong\u003eDT-XF 12 (12mm stroke)\u003c\/strong\u003e delivers the highest material removal in orbital mode: deep scratches, heavily oxidized paints, fast defect correction. Requires more experience but delivers quick results. The \u003cstrong\u003eDT-P (rotary)\u003c\/strong\u003e switches the PXE 80 to rotary mode — maximum cut, highest heat, the professional tool for extreme corrections. For experienced users only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe consistent implementation of this system is the most important reason to buy the PXE 80 12-EC. No other mini polisher on the market offers this modularity. Owning three DT-XF adapters means having a complete multi-stage system for cutting, compounding, and finishing in a single housing — more compact, lighter, and more versatile than three separate machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe adapters are sold separately and can be permanently fitted with the \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/flex-bpmpxe-klett-teller\"\u003eBP-M PXE Hook-and-Loop Backing Plate\u003c\/a\u003e. The recommended setup for professional multi-stage processes: three DT-XF adapters, each with a hook-and-loop backing plate and the appropriate polishing pad, pre-prepared on the workbench.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeed Control and Polishing Performance of the PXE 80 12-EC\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe four speed settings of the \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX PXE 80 12-EC Cordless Orbital Polisher\u003c\/strong\u003e cover a range from 400 to 5,800 rpm — which corresponds to an oscillation rate of 800 to 11,600 opm. This range is significantly wider than many competing products and gives the user full control over polishing performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStage 1 (400 rpm) is for sensitive areas, delicate paints, and hand-polishing product application. Stage 2 (3,000 rpm) for normal finishing work and light defect correction. Stage 3 (4,000 rpm) for most everyday tasks — the preferred range for compounding with the DT-XF 6. Stage 4 (5,800 rpm) for intensive defect correction and maximum throughput on stubborn spots.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe digital speed control with LED display makes the selected stage visible at all times — without reading a scale, without guessing. In daily operation, where speed is adjusted regularly, this saves time and provides certainty about the current setting. The four stages are clearly defined and reproducible — once you've learned which stage works best for which step, you can reliably find that setting again at any time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe idle speeds are maintained under load by constant electronics — the motor automatically compensates for the resistance of the pad on the paint surface. This means: The set speed remains stable even when pressure is increased, without manual readjustment. This is an important technical feature for uniform polishing results on large surfaces. Without this constant control, the speed would drop under load, leading to uneven results — a problem that inexpensive polishers without active control regularly exhibit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe combination of four clearly defined stages and stable constant control makes the PXE 80 12-EC a tool that works predictably. Professionals appreciate precisely that: they know what a certain setting achieves and can reproduce their results. This is the difference between a professional tool and a consumer device that reacts differently depending on the charge level and pad resistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e12V Battery System and Runtime — the PXE 80 12-EC in Mobile Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX PXE 80 12-EC Cordless Orbital Polisher\u003c\/strong\u003e works with the FLEX 12V Lithium-Ion battery system. The available battery capacities of 2.5 Ah and 5.0 Ah provide different runtimes: With a 2.5 Ah battery during typical polishing work (speed stage 2–3), a compact vehicle can be completed in one pass with a single battery. With the 5.0 Ah battery, multiple polishing units on larger vehicles are possible without changing batteries.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor professional use, we recommend two \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/flex-ap12v-akku-pack-12v\"\u003eAP 12V battery packs\u003c\/a\u003e in alternating operation: one battery runs, the other charges on the \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/flex-ca12230cee-schnellladegeraet-12v\"\u003eCA 12 fast charger\u003c\/a\u003e. The charging time of approx. 40–50 minutes corresponds to a full vehicle pass during average polishing work — the change occurs automatically, without waiting, without interruption. The P-Set 12-22 Q already includes two 2.5 Ah batteries and the CA 12 charger, making it the most direct path to this setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe total weight of the PXE 80 12-EC with a 2.5 Ah battery is under 1 kg. This is exceptional for a polishing machine with professional demands. Compared to 18V polishers (which typically weigh 1.5–2.2 kg with battery), the PXE 80 is significantly less fatiguing for long uses in tight, overhead positions or on vehicle interiors and roofs. For detailers who polish for several hours daily, the weight argument is not marketing — it is a factor for health and productivity over a long workday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 12V battery voltage is lower than the 18V systems of the larger FLEX polishers — and this is intentional. The PXE 80 does not need 18V because it is not designed for brute force, but for precise, controlled polishing work. The 12V platform keeps the overall weight low, enables the compact housing design, and delivers enough power for all tasks for which the PXE 80 is intended. If you need more power for flat work on large vehicles, opt for the 18V orbital polisher.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePXE 80 12-EC in Comparison — Mini Polisher vs. 18V Orbital Polisher\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PXE 80 12-EC is not a replacement for a 15mm orbital polisher like the \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/flex-xfe21518ec-15mm-akku-exzenterpolierer-freilauf-150mm-18v\"\u003eXFE 2 15 18-EC\u003c\/a\u003e. It is a complement for tasks where the larger polisher is no longer practical to use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 150mm orbital polisher with a 15mm stroke on an SUV roof or a wide hood: optimal. The same polisher in a door sill or on a spoiler with complex curves: inefficient, risky, often impossible. The PXE 80 12-EC there: precise, safe, fully controllable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn a professional detailing setup, many professionals work with both machines in parallel: the large 18V orbital polisher for flat work, the PXE 80 12-EC for details, edges, and tight spaces. The \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/flex-ca-sp-2-12-18-doppel-ladegeraet\"\u003eCA SP 2× 12\/18 dual charger\u003c\/a\u003e charges both battery systems (12V and 18V) simultaneously — the setup is thus fully designed for dual operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBuy FLEX PXE 80 12-EC — Individually or in a Set\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX PXE 80 12-EC Cordless Orbital Polisher\u003c\/strong\u003e is available as a standalone unit (without battery and charger) and as part of the \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/flex-pset1222q-akku-set-12v\"\u003eP-Set 12-22 Q\u003c\/a\u003e with two 2.5 Ah batteries and a CA 12 charger. For newcomers to the PXE 80 system, the P-Set 12-22 Q is the recommended option: immediately fully operational, without separate procurement of battery and charger.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor those already in the FLEX 12V system — for example, through other FLEX 12V tools — individual purchase is the more efficient solution. Existing batteries and chargers are immediately compatible. For full utilization of the DT Adapter System, we also recommend at least the \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/flex-dt-adapter-pxe-80\"\u003eDT-XF 6 adapter\u003c\/a\u003e and the \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/flex-bpmpxe-klett-teller\"\u003eBP-M PXE hook-and-loop backing plate\u003c\/a\u003e — these are the two accessories without which the PXE 80 is not fully operational.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs the core of the entire FLEX mini-polishing system, the PXE 80 12-EC is the first device that belongs in every professional detailing setup designed for precision, mobility, and multi-stage processes. No other device offers the same combination of compactness, modularity, and professional features in this segment.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"FLEX","offers":[{"title":"PXE 80 12-EC \"532267\" (Without Battery \/ Charger)","offer_id":57377611776335,"sku":"D1-FLEX-532267","price":241.89,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"PXE 80 12-EC\/2.5 Set \"532268\" (2× Battery \"532290\" + 1× Charger \"532280\" + L-BOXX® with Basic Accessories)","offer_id":57377611809103,"sku":"D1-FLEX-532268","price":433.89,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/flex-pxe-80-12-ec-akku-exzenterpolierer-80mm-12v-pxe-80-12-ec-532267-532267.png?v=1775059225"},{"product_id":"flex-ap12v-akku-pack-12v","title":"\"AP 12V\" Pacco Batteria (12V)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eFLEX AP 12V Battery Pack — Compact Power for the FLEX PXE 80 Rotary Polisher in Mobile Detailing Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat distinguishes the FLEX AP 12V battery? The FLEX AP 12V is a compact lithium-ion battery with an Electronic Management System (EMS), charge level indicator, and integrated charge and discharge protection – developed as a power source for the FLEX 12-volt system, especially the PXE 80 12-EC compact polisher in professional detailing.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX AP 12V Battery Pack\u003c\/strong\u003e is the power source for the compact FLEX 12-volt detailing system. While the FLEX 18-volt system is designed for maximum power in large polishing tasks, the 12-volt system focuses on a different concept: low weight, compact design, and precise handling in areas that are difficult to reach with larger machines. The AP 12V battery provides the stable energy the system needs – reliably, protected, and with consistent performance over many cycles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn professional detailing, it is often the small, inaccessible areas that require the most effort – door edges, spoiler lips, mirror housings, A-pillars, or narrow trim areas. The \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/flex-pxe8012ec-akku-exzenterpolierer-80mm-12v\"\u003eFLEX PXE 80 12-EC\u003c\/a\u003e eccentric polisher with an 80mm backing pad was developed precisely for these working situations. The AP 12V battery is its dedicated power supplier: light, handy, and with enough capacity for a complete work cycle, even in the tightest spots. No cable pulling, no movement radius restricted by extension cords.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn everyday use, the difference is clear: anyone working on spoiler lips or door sills with a corded device constantly struggles with their own cable. The AP 12V battery gives the PXE 80 the freedom necessary for precise and fatigue-free work in tight areas. At the same time, the intelligent Electronic Management System ensures that this freedom remains reliable over many hours of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eElectronic Management System (EMS) for active battery monitoring.\u003c\/strong\u003e The integrated EMS continuously monitors temperature, voltage, and current flow. This actively prevents overload, optimally utilizes available energy, and long-term protects the cell life. The system automatically intervenes before critical operating limits are reached – an important protection for intensive alternating use in a professional workshop.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTherma-Tech heat management for stable performance under load.\u003c\/strong\u003e FLEX integrates active heat management technology that protects battery cells from thermal overload. During longer polishing jobs with frequent battery changes or in high ambient temperatures in the workshop, the battery maintains significantly more stable performance than conventional batteries without temperature control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRobust design with dust and splash water protection and LED indicator.\u003c\/strong\u003e The housing of the AP 12V is protected against dust and splash water – an advantage that quickly becomes apparent in professional workshop everyday life. The integrated LED charge level indicator provides a quick overview of the remaining capacity at all times. This allows precise planning of the workflow, without unexpectedly running out of power in the middle of work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cblockquote class=\"praxistipp\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePractical tip from Detailing1:\u003c\/strong\u003e For uninterrupted work with the PXE 80 12-EC, we recommend two batteries in rotation. While one is in use, the second charges in the \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/flex-ca12230cee-schnellladegeraet-12v\"\u003eCA 12 fast charger\u003c\/a\u003e. The AP 12\/5.0 is suitable as a main battery for longer work cycles; the AP 12\/2.5 serves as a light backup for short detail jobs in individual spots. With this rotation system, you can work on a vehicle completely without interruptions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLithium-Ion Technology and Electronic Management System in the FLEX 12V Battery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX AP 12V Battery\u003c\/strong\u003e is based on modern lithium-ion technology, optimized for use in professional power tools. Unlike older battery generations – such as NiCd or NiMH – Li-ion cells provide very stable discharge voltage over a large part of the charging cycle. In practice, this means: the polishing machine maintains its speed constantly until the battery is almost completely empty. There is no slow drop in performance during the polishing process that would make the work uneven.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Electronic Management System (EMS) is much more than a simple protection circuit. It monitors the core parameters of the battery in real time: cell voltage, operating temperature, and current consumption. As soon as a parameter reaches a critical range – for example, with very strong heating in summer or extremely high current draw by the machine – the system automatically intervenes. As a result, individual cells are not overloaded, and the battery maintains its capacity stably over many hundreds of charging cycles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe EMS is complemented by integrated charge and discharge protection. This prevents both complete deep discharge of the cells – a main reason for premature capacity loss – and overcharging during the charging process. In combination with compatible FLEX chargers, the \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/flex-ca12230cee-schnellladegeraet-12v\"\u003eCA 12 fast charger\u003c\/a\u003e or the universal \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/flex-ca1218230cee-batterieladegeraete-12v-18v\"\u003eCA 12\/18 230\/CEE\u003c\/a\u003e, a coordinated energy system is created where the battery and charger communicate optimally and jointly control the charging process.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTherma-Tech technology complements the EMS with a thermal protection component. In practice, this means that heat generated during discharge under load is dissipated and distributed more effectively. Especially during intensive work phases – for example, with several consecutive vehicle preparations with frequent battery changes – this technology proves to be beneficial. The battery remains stable in performance even after several cycles and does not overheat excessively.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFLEX 12V Battery System in Professional Detailing – Where it Excels\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX 12V Battery System\u003c\/strong\u003e was developed for a specific application area in professional detailing. The focus is on the \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/flex-pxe8012ec-akku-exzenterpolierer-80mm-12v\"\u003eFLEX PXE 80 12-EC\u003c\/a\u003e – an 80mm eccentric polisher specialized in small areas and hard-to-reach spots. The AP 12V battery is the dedicated energy supplier for exactly this machine and thus the heart of a system that steps in where larger devices reach their limits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypical application areas for the FLEX 12V system in everyday detailing: door sills, spoiler lips, A-pillars, mirror housings, the transition zones between fender and bumper, trim areas along window rubbers or narrow wheel arch edges. These are areas where a 150mm polishing pad is simply too large and cables would significantly restrict freedom of movement. The AP 12V battery makes the PXE 80 a completely wireless precision tool for exactly these spots.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAnother advantage of the 12V system is the total weight of the combination. The PXE 80 12-EC and AP 12V battery together result in a significantly lighter overall package than comparable 18V combinations. This noticeably reduces fatigue during longer detail work and improves control in tight areas, where precise guidance and a steady hand are more important than maximum polishing power. Especially when working overhead or in uncomfortable body positions, this makes a significant difference.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn mobile use – i.e., for vehicle preparations outside your own workshop – the 12V system also scores with its independence from power sources. Where no power connection is available or extension cords would pose a tripping hazard, the AP 12V battery provides the necessary energy completely without external wiring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFLEX AP 12\/2.5 vs. AP 12\/5.0 – Capacity Comparison and the Right Choice\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX AP 12V Battery\u003c\/strong\u003e is available in two capacity variants, covering different work profiles. Both are based on the same 12-volt platform and are fully compatible with the PXE 80 12-EC and all other FLEX 12-volt devices. The difference lies in capacity, runtime, and weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe more compact variant \u003cstrong\u003eAP 12\/2.5 (532290)\u003c\/strong\u003e offers 2.5 Ah capacity. This battery is the lighter option and is particularly suitable for short, precise individual work steps – such as repolishing a door edge, preparing a mirror housing, or smoothing small paint runs in transition areas. The lower weight in these situations means more control and less fatigue, especially when working in awkward positions or overhead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe more powerful variant \u003cstrong\u003eAP 12\/5.0 (531690)\u003c\/strong\u003e doubles the capacity to 5.0 Ah. Those who systematically prepare an entire vehicle with the PXE 80 – all the small problem areas of a vehicle in one go – will benefit significantly from the higher capacity. Fewer battery changes mean more direct, concentrated work and a much smoother workflow. The additional weight compared to the 2.5 Ah model is hardly a limiting factor for the PXE 80 due to its already compact design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor professional users, we recommend a combination of an AP 12\/5.0 as the primary battery and an AP 12\/2.5 as a reserve. This approach provides maximum flexibility: longer operating times without interruption, and when the 5.0 is charging, the 2.5 is easily sufficient for short tasks. Both batteries can be charged with the same charger – an investment in the charging system is sufficient for the entire 12V battery fleet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFLEX AP 12V Battery Comparison – 12V System vs. 18V System in Detailing\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAnyone already working with the FLEX 18V system – for example, with the PE 2 18-EC rotary polisher and the \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/flex-ap18-akku-pack-18v\"\u003eAP 18V Battery Pack\u003c\/a\u003e – legitimately wonders whether a second 12V system makes sense. The direct answer: both systems are not mutually exclusive, but cover different areas of application.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 18V system is the right choice for large-area polishing on bonnets, roofs, fenders, and doors. Here, pad size, surface performance, and long runtime under load are important. The 12V system, on the other hand, is convincing where the 18V polisher physically cannot reach or is too heavy and too large for precise guidance. Both systems share the professional FLEX ecosystem, but are not directly compatible in terms of battery and charger – a 12V battery will not run in an 18V device.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor beginners or occasional users who only want to buy one of the systems, the 18V system is generally the more versatile choice for the majority of polishing tasks. However, those who offer professional full detailing services or specialize in sports cars and vehicles with many sills, spoilers, and tight transitions will benefit significantly from the supplementary 12V system. The universal \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/flex-ca1218230cee-batterieladegeraete-12v-18v\"\u003eCA 12\/18 charger\u003c\/a\u003e is a smart bridge here, as it can charge both 12V and 18V batteries.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBuy FLEX AP 12V Battery – Recommendation, Combination, and Starter Options\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThose looking to buy the \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX AP 12V Battery\u003c\/strong\u003e have several sensible entry options. As a single battery, we recommend the AP 12\/5.0 as the first choice – the higher capacity makes a noticeable difference in everyday work, and the additional weight is hardly a factor with the compact PXE 80. For maximum runtime without interruptions, the AP 12\/5.0 as the main battery can be sensibly combined with the AP 12\/2.5 as a backup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThose who want to fully enter the FLEX 12V system will find a coordinated starter set with the \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/flex-pset1222q-akku-set-12v\"\u003eP-Set 12-22 Q\u003c\/a\u003e that combines all essential components. Alternatively, the battery can be combined individually with the \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/flex-ca12230cee-schnellladegeraet-12v\"\u003eCA 12 fast charger\u003c\/a\u003e – the dedicated 12V charger offers short charging times and is specifically matched to the AP 12V batteries.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eImportant to know: The AP 12V battery is exclusively compatible with the FLEX 12V system. It does not run in 18V devices and cannot be replaced by 18V batteries. Those who operate both FLEX systems in parallel require appropriate batteries for each platform. The universal \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/flex-ca1218230cee-batterieladegeraete-12v-18v\"\u003eCA 12\/18 230\/CEE\u003c\/a\u003e charger is a clever investment here – it charges both 12V and 18V batteries and simplifies charge management in workshops that use both systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOur conclusion: The AP 12V battery is not a replacement for the 18V system, but a precise addition. For professional detailers who want to prepare even the last hard-to-reach areas with cordless polishing tools, the 12V system with the PXE 80 12-EC and the AP 12V battery is the logical and consistent investment in complete tool freedom.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"FLEX","offers":[{"title":"AP 12\/2.5 \"532290\" (12 V\/2.5 Ah)","offer_id":57377617903951,"sku":"D1-FLEX-532290","price":70.21,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"AP 12\/5.0 \"531690\" (12 V\/5.0 Ah)","offer_id":57377617936719,"sku":"D1-FLEX-531690","price":94.01,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/flex-ap-12v-akku-pack-12v-ap-12-2-5-532290-12-v-2-5-ah-532290.png?v=1775059063"},{"product_id":"flex-ca12230cee-schnellladegeraet-12v","title":"\"CA 12 230\/CEE\" Caricabatterie Rapido (12V)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eFLEX CA 12 230\/CEE Fast Charger – The Dedicated 12V Charger for the FLEX PXE 80 System\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat is the FLEX CA 12 230\/CEE Fast Charger? The FLEX CA 12 230\/CEE is a compact 12V fast charger with a 5A charging current, which fully charges the FLEX AP 12V battery pack in approximately 40 minutes (2.5 Ah) or 50 minutes (5.0 Ah) – featuring an LED charging indicator and optional wall mounting for stationary use.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn the FLEX 12V system centered around the \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/flex-pxe8012ec-akku-exzenterpolierer-80mm-12v\"\u003ePXE 80 12-EC\u003c\/a\u003e, the charger is the quietest, but by no means the least important, link in the chain. No cordless polisher works without a reliably charged battery – and the \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX CA 12 230\/CEE Fast Charger\u003c\/strong\u003e ensures that the \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/flex-ap12v-akku-pack-12v\"\u003eAP 12V battery pack\u003c\/a\u003e is ready when it's needed. With a 5A charging current, a compact design, and the option for wall mounting, the CA 12 is designed for efficiency and everyday usability – not for superfluous features.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CA 12 is deliberately tailored to the 12V FLEX ecosystem. It exclusively charges FLEX 12V battery packs, making it the consistent companion for anyone who specifically relies on the compact 12V system – whether in professional detailing with the PXE 80 12-EC or in craft use with other 12V FLEX machines. However, if you want to charge both 12V and 18V batteries, the \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/flex-ca1218230cee-batterieladegeraete-12v-18v\"\u003eCA 12\/18 230\/CEE\u003c\/a\u003e offers the cross-system solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWeighing only 0.52 kg, the CA 12 is the lightest charger in the FLEX portfolio – handy enough for transport in a toolbox, compact enough for storage on a workshop shelf or permanent wall mounting above the detailing area. The combination of a small form factor, sufficient charging current, and reliable LED status indicator makes it the ideal first charger for the PXE 80 system – and the second, third charger in the workshop when multiple batteries are in parallel operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e5A charging current for short charging times in the 12V system.\u003c\/strong\u003e With a charging current of 5A, the CA 12 fully charges the FLEX 2.5 Ah battery in about 40 minutes – equivalent to a break between two vehicles. The device charges the 5.0 Ah battery to 100% in approximately 50 minutes. This is not a record time, but it is absolutely sufficient for professional operation with one or two spare batteries in rotation. No waiting, no downtime.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLED charging indicator for an immediate overview of battery status.\u003c\/strong\u003e The integrated LED indicator shows the battery's charge status at a glance – no display, no menu, no distraction. Charging in progress, charging complete, error: all readable in seconds. Especially in continuous operation, when several batteries are charged one after another, this direct status display saves time and provides planning certainty for the next use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWall mounting for a stationary charging station in the detailing setup.\u003c\/strong\u003e The CA 12 has a hanging eyelet for wall mounting. This allows for a fixed charging station in the workshop or home garage – insert the battery, the device hangs on the wall, the cable is neatly arranged. For professional detailers who operate several FLEX 12V machines in parallel, a wall-mounted charging row with one or more CA 12s is the cleanest and most practical setup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cblockquote class=\"praxistipp\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePractical Tip from Detailing1:\u003c\/strong\u003e In professional operation with the PXE 80 12-EC, we recommend two AP 12V battery packs in rotation plus the CA 12 as a permanent charging station. Battery A is working, Battery B is on the CA 12. The change takes 10 seconds, and a charging time of 40–50 minutes is exactly enough for one machine during typical detailing sessions while the other continues to work. This creates an uninterrupted workflow without expensive waiting times.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLED Indicator and 5A Charging Current – The Technology of the FLEX CA 12 230\/CEE\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CA 12 230\/CEE is a fast charger that focuses on the essentials: quick, safe charging of FLEX 12V battery packs. The \u003cstrong\u003e5A charging current\u003c\/strong\u003e clearly places it above simple standard chargers with 2–3A, without entering the segment of high-performance fast chargers that stress battery cells more with extreme charging currents.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e5A is the sweet spot for everyday 12V use: fast enough to be ready in 40–50 minutes, gentle enough not to excessively burden the cycle life of lithium-ion cells. In professional continuous operation – where a battery is charged multiple times daily – this is a relevant consideration. A charger with 10A or more charges in 20 minutes, but costs charging cycles and increases heat generation in the battery. The CA 12 offers a balanced approach here that protects the battery while avoiding waiting times in daily use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe LED charging indicator is deliberately kept simple: no display, no app connection, no charging curve visualization. What it shows – charging in progress or complete – is completely sufficient for daily operation. If you need more diagnostic data, you can find it on the \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/flex-ca1218230cee-batterieladegeraete-12v-18v\"\u003eCA 12\/18 230\/CEE\u003c\/a\u003e with an extended LCD display and battery diagnostic function.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypical FLEX protection functions are also integrated: overcharge protection, deep discharge protection, and overheating protection. This protects the AP 12V battery from the most common causes of damage in lithium-ion cells – a silent but important contribution to the longevity of the entire 12V system. In practice, this means: The CA 12 recognizes when the battery is full and automatically stops charging. No overcharging, no continuous application of charging voltage, no capacity loss due to incorrect charging practices.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe weight of 0.52 kg and the compact design are the direct result of this focused design. No superfluous casing, no heavy transformer weight – just what a 12V fast charger needs for professional use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCharging times for the AP 12V battery – what 40 minutes mean in practical use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CA 12's charging times are tailored to the available \u003cstrong\u003eAP 12V battery packs\u003c\/strong\u003e from FLEX:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e2.5 Ah battery\u003c\/strong\u003e charges from 0 to 100% in about 40 minutes. In typical detailing applications, this is roughly the time needed for a complete polishing protocol on a compact vehicle – enough time to work with one battery while the second fully charges.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e5.0 Ah battery\u003c\/strong\u003e charges in about 50 minutes. With its higher capacity, it allows for longer uninterrupted work phases, which offers an advantage over the 2.5 Ah, especially for larger vehicles – SUVs, station wagons, vans. The 10 minutes extra charging time are well invested due to the noticeably longer run time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor the \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/flex-pset1222q-akku-set-12v\"\u003eP-Set 12-22 Q\u003c\/a\u003e, which includes two 2.5 Ah batteries, the CA 12 is the suitable charger – one battery runs, the other charges, operation is virtually uninterrupted. Those who choose this set as the basis for their 12V detailing setup have the complete package with the CA 12 as an addition.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eImportant: The specified charging times apply at normal ambient temperatures (15–25°C). At very low temperatures (\u003c5°C), the charging time will be extended, as lithium-ion cells absorb energy more slowly when cold. The CA 12 is equipped with protection against charging at extreme temperatures, which prevents damage to the battery cells from cold charging.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWall mounting and stationary operation – the CA 12 as a fixed charging station\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe hanging eyelet on the \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX CA 12 230\/CEE\u003c\/strong\u003e is a detail that initially seems insignificant – but in practice, it makes the difference between an organized and a chaotic workshop. The charger can be permanently attached to the wall: a hook, a screw, a fixed spot. The battery is inserted, the cable runs in defined paths, nothing lies on the floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEspecially in professional detailing setups, where order and accessibility of tools directly influence work efficiency, this option is valuable. A charging station with two CA 12s on the workshop wall provides two AP 12V batteries with a fixed charging spot – always in the same place, always charged when you approach the vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CA 12 is also well-suited for mobile use: at 0.52 kg, it easily fits into any toolbox, and the connection cable is designed for power outlet access in garages, carports, or at events. Those who use the PXE 80 system at events or with customers on-site can take the CA 12 as a charging solution without investing significant weight or space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCA 12 vs. CA 12\/18 230\/CEE – when is which charger the better choice?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFLEX offers two relevant chargers for its detailing portfolio: the CA 12 230\/CEE (purely 12V) and the \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/flex-ca1218230cee-batterieladegeraete-12v-18v\"\u003eCA 12\/18 230\/CEE\u003c\/a\u003e (12V and 18V, with LCD display). Both charge the same AP 12V battery pack but differ in their area of application and range of functions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eCA 12 230\/CEE\u003c\/strong\u003e is the compact, more affordable choice for anyone working exclusively with the FLEX 12V system – specifically for the PXE 80 12-EC and associated 12V machines. No display, no 18V support, no overkill. Simply reliable, lightweight, wall-mountable. If your setup is limited to the 12V system and you don't own or plan to buy an 18V device, you don't need more.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eCA 12\/18 230\/CEE\u003c\/strong\u003e offers the flexibility to charge both 12V and 18V batteries, plus an LCD battery diagnostic display and 9A charging current. It is the more sensible investment for anyone looking to expand the FLEX ecosystem – for example, towards 18V orbital polishers like the \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/flex-xfe21518ec-15mm-akku-exzenterpolierer-freilauf-150mm-18v\"\u003eXFE 2 15 18-EC\u003c\/a\u003e or the cordless blower \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/flex-bw180ec-akku-geblaese-detailing-set\"\u003eBW 18.0-EC\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CA 12 is the focused, simple solution. The CA 12\/18 is the cross-system, flexible one. If you have chosen the PXE 80 as your only FLEX machine and do not plan to buy an 18V device, the CA 12 is the right choice – without extra costs for features that will never be used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA rule of thumb for the decision: If you don't have an 18V FLEX device in your toolbox today and don't plan to, buy the CA 12. If you already operate an 18V polisher or 18V blower, or plan to, the investment in the CA 12\/18 is worthwhile – one charger for both systems is more efficient than two separate devices. If you have both, you might opt for a second CA 12 as an inexpensive, dedicated 12V charging station permanently mounted on the wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBuy FLEX CA 12 230\/CEE – The Fast Charger in the FLEX 12V PXE System\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX CA 12 230\/CEE Fast Charger\u003c\/strong\u003e is available as a single component and is ideal for anyone looking to equip their 12V system with a second charger, set up a charging station in the workshop, or supplement the charger already included in the \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/flex-pset1222q-akku-set-12v\"\u003eP-Set 12-22 Q\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe timing of purchase: If you are entering the FLEX PXE 80 system for the first time, the P-Set 12-22 Q is recommended – it includes two batteries and the CA 12 in a bundle. If you are already an owner and need a second charger or another \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/flex-ap12v-akku-pack-12v\"\u003eAP 12V battery pack\u003c\/a\u003e, the CA 12 as a single purchase is the logical addition.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor mobile detailers who work on-site with customers, the CA 12, along with two AP 12V batteries, is the standard package: one battery is running, one is charging. 40–50 minutes of charging time exactly correspond to the typical drying, product application, and waiting times in a standard polishing workflow. The result: no forced breaks, no power shortage in the middle of a job, no improvisation with unfamiliar chargers. Simply a reliable system that works.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"FLEX","offers":[{"title":"CA 12 230\/EEC \"532286\"","offer_id":57377618067791,"sku":"D1-FLEX-532286","price":58.31,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/flex-ca-12-230-cee-schnellladegeraet-12v-ca-12-230-cee-532286-532286.png?v=1775058621"},{"product_id":"flex-pset1222q-akku-set-12v","title":"\"P-Set 12-22 Q\" Set Batteria (12V)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eFLEX P-Set 12-22 Q Battery Set 12V — Compact Entry-Level Battery System for Cordless FLEX Tools\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat is the FLEX P-Set 12-22 Q? The FLEX P-Set 12-22 Q is a 12-volt battery set consisting of a FLEX 12V lithium-ion battery pack and the appropriate charger — the entry-level set for all FLEX 12V cordless tools and the compact, lightweight entry into the cordless FLEX system.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWorking wirelessly without compromising on the wrong battery — that is the core message of the \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX P-Set 12-22 Q Battery Set 12V\u003c\/strong\u003e. The set combines a FLEX 12V lithium-ion battery pack with the appropriate FLEX charger in a coordinated package. If you are purchasing or complementing a FLEX 12V tool, the P-Set 12-22 Q provides the complete power supply system from a single source — no searching for the right charger, no compatibility issues, immediate readiness for use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 12V system from FLEX is the compact segment of FLEX cordless tools: lighter than 18V devices, optimized for tasks where weight matters and the full power of an 18V system is not required. In the detailing context, the 12V system primarily stands for the \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/flex-sd-7-320-4-akku-schraubendreher\"\u003eFLEX SD 7-320 4 Cordless Screwdriver\u003c\/a\u003e and other hand tools where a lighter, more precise battery pack offers more comfort than a heavy 18V package.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eP-Set 12-22 Q\u003c\/strong\u003e is the right entry point for anyone who wants to buy their first FLEX 12V tool and be ready for immediate use. The set contains everything necessary — battery pack and charger — without extra cost for unnecessarily high capacity. Compact, lightweight, quickly charged: The 12V system meets a specific requirement in the professional toolbox better than an oversized 18V package.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e12V Lithium-Ion Technology — Light, compact, and sufficient for hand tools and precision devices.\u003c\/strong\u003e The FLEX 12V battery system leverages the advantages of lithium-ion: no memory effect, constant power output until discharge, low weight for long work sessions without fatigue. Compared to 18V battery packs, the 12V battery is noticeably lighter and more compact — a real advantage for tasks requiring precise control and freedom of movement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComplete set of battery and charger — immediate readiness for use without compatibility risk.\u003c\/strong\u003e The P-Set 12-22 Q contains the coordinated pair of battery pack and FLEX charger. This eliminates the most common source of error when buying batteries: accidentally acquiring a charger that does not match the specific battery generation. FLEX develops battery and charger as a system — the P-Set delivers this system as a complete package.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible with all FLEX 12V cordless tools — one platform, all 12V devices.\u003c\/strong\u003e The FLEX 12V battery system is uniform across all compatible 12V tools. Anyone starting with a FLEX 12V tool today and adding more 12V tools later can use the battery packs of the P-Set 12-22 Q on all these devices. The platform consistency of the FLEX system reduces the inventory of different battery types and simplifies charge management in the workshop.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cblockquote class=\"praxistipp\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePractical tip from Detailing1:\u003c\/strong\u003e Order the FLEX P-Set 12-22 Q directly when purchasing your first FLEX 12V tool — not retrospectively. Anyone who buys the tool without the set and then searches for a battery and charger separately risks generation incompatibilities or unnecessary additional costs. The P-Set 12-22 Q is the well-thought-out solution: one package, one price, immediately ready for use. For workshops with multiple 12V devices, we also recommend a second P-Set as a reserve, so that a charged backup is always available when the first battery is charging.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFLEX 12V Battery Technology — Lithium-Ion in a Compact Hand Tool Format\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe FLEX 12V battery system is based on modern lithium-ion cells developed for professional tool use. Lithium-ion has been the standard for professional cordless tools for years — for good reason: the cells have no memory effect, meaning they can be recharged at any time without capacity loss due to forced full discharge cycles. The energy density is significantly higher than with older nickel-cadmium technologies, which allows for the compact format of the 12V battery pack despite sufficient capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA key advantage of lithium-ion technology in tools is its discharge behavior: the battery delivers constant power until just before full discharge — no decreasing RPM, no gradual power fade like with older battery technologies. What this means in practice: The FLEX 12V tool runs at full power until the battery is actually empty. This makes work interruptions more predictable and avoids the frustrating moment when a half-charged battery suddenly loses power.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe weight of the 12V battery pack is noticeably lower compared to 18V packs. For tasks where the tool is held in one hand for extended periods — screwdriving in interiors, assembly work in confined areas, precision work requiring fine metering — the lower weight is a real ergonomic advantage. Less weight on the tool means less fatigue in the hands and arms during long work sessions. For the professional detailer or vehicle reconditioner who works with hand tools for several hours a day, this difference is relevant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe charging time of the 12V battery pack with the FLEX charger included in the P-Set 12-22 Q is short enough for continuous workshop use. Anyone operating two battery packs alternately — one in use, one on the charger — will experience practically no waiting times. This dual operating mode is the recommended strategy for intensive daily use and can be easily implemented with a second P-Set or an additional battery pack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eP-Set 12-22 Q in Everyday Detailing — When the 12V System is the Right Choice\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn the detailing and vehicle reconditioning environment, the FLEX 12V system has a specific place. It is not the system for polishers or high-performance tools — those are 18V domains. The 12V system is the right tool for precise, ergonomically critical tasks where weight and maneuverability matter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/flex-sd-7-320-4-akku-schraubendreher\"\u003eFLEX SD 7-320 4 Cordless Screwdriver\u003c\/a\u003e is the most important 12V representative in the detailing context: a compact cordless screwdriver for the disassembly and assembly of interior parts, attachments, and trim strips that need to be removed for professional interior or exterior paint reconditioning. With the lightweight 12V battery pack, the screwdriver remains handy and less tiring — perfect for repetitive work when removing panels or trim strips before paint correction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor workshops that offer general vehicle reconditioning and light assembly work alongside detailing, the 12V system is a sensible addition to the main 18V system. The FLEX platform strategy makes it easy: those who already use 18V FLEX batteries know the system and can integrate 12V as a logical addition without losing brand and system consistency. A single manufacturer for all tools simplifies maintenance, spare parts procurement, and charging — a brand ecosystem instead of a mix of manufacturers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor newcomers to cordless detailing tools, the P-Set 12-22 Q is also an attractive starting point: The more affordable entry price of the 12V system compared to the 18V system allows for the first step into the cordless tool world without high investment. Those who start with a 12V screwdriver and get to know the system can later specifically add 18V devices for more power-intensive tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBattery Care and Storage — How to Maximize the Lifespan of the 12V Battery Pack\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLithium-ion battery packs are durable if treated correctly — and significantly shorter-lived if systematically stored or charged incorrectly. A few basic rules significantly extend the service life of the FLEX 12V battery pack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe most important rule: do not deep discharge lithium-ion batteries. If the tool shows a significant drop in performance, the battery should be replaced immediately and charged — not used until complete discharge. Deep discharge damages the cell structure and irreversibly reduces the available capacity. The FLEX tool usually has electronic deep discharge protection, but it's better not to rely on that alone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor storage: Lithium-ion batteries are best stored at approx. 40-60% charge level if not used for an extended period. Fully charged batteries left on the shelf for weeks lose capacity faster than moderately charged ones. If you close the workshop for several weeks, do not put the 12V battery pack away fully charged. The FLEX charger from the P-Set 12-22 Q has the intelligence to precisely charge the battery and prevent overcharging — which is much more important in everyday use than the storage question.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTemperature is another critical factor: Lithium-ion batteries do not like extreme cold or extreme heat. In summer, do not leave the tool in a hot car — temperatures above 40°C significantly accelerate cell aging. In winter, bring cold batteries to room temperature before use, as cold temporarily reduces the available capacity. The FLEX charger also does not charge batteries that are too cold — an integrated protection that protects the cells, but can appear as \"not charging\" if the battery is cold. Simply wait a little and reconnect.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith the \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/flex-whp-wandhalter-haken\"\u003eFLEX WHP Wall Mount System\u003c\/a\u003e, the 12V battery pack can be neatly stored on the wall and charged at the same time. A Battery Hook for the 12V battery mounted next to the workstation saves daily searching for the battery and ensures it is ready and charged the next morning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eP-Set 12-22 Q Comparison — 12V vs. 18V and the Right System for Your Needs\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe most common question when buying the first FLEX battery set: 12V or 18V? The answer depends on the intended tool use — both voltage classes are justified and complement each other in professional use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 12V system — and thus the P-Set 12-22 Q — is the right choice when handiness and low weight are paramount: cordless screwdrivers, small saws, hand tools for precision work. For these devices, 18V is usually oversized and makes the tools unnecessarily heavy. 12V provides enough energy for the intended tasks and keeps the tool compact.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 18V system — represented by \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/flex-pset22q-akku-set-18v\"\u003eP-Set 22 Q\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/flex-pset55r-akku-set-18v\"\u003eP-Set 55 R\u003c\/a\u003e — is the choice for power-intensive tools: orbital polishers, angle grinders, high-performance devices that run continuously under load. Here, the higher energy density of the 18V system is needed to ensure sufficient runtimes and consistent performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a professional detailing workshop with a wide range of tools, we recommend both systems: 12V for hand tools and screwdriving, 18V for all polishing and high-performance tools. The P-Set 12-22 Q is the economical entry into the 12V segment — the surcharge compared to buying battery and charger separately is small, but the compatibility assurance through the set is high.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBuying the FLEX P-Set 12-22 Q — For Whom and in What Configuration\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX P-Set 12-22 Q Battery Set 12V\u003c\/strong\u003e is the right choice for anyone purchasing a FLEX 12V tool or expanding their 12V portfolio. The set contains everything necessary for immediate cordless use — no subsequent purchase, no compatibility check.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you already own a FLEX 12V tool and only need another battery pack, you can alternatively purchase the battery pack individually. For first-time users, however, the P-Set 12-22 Q is the more recommendable option: the included charger is matched to the specific battery pack and ensures optimal charging performance and battery life.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor workshops with multiple technicians and parallel tool use, we recommend purchasing the P-Set 12-22 Q twice — one set per active workstation. This ensures that a charged 12V battery is available for each technician, and charging times do not interrupt the workflow. The investment in a second set quickly pays for itself through saved waiting time and increased work flexibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe P-Set 12-22 Q is also the most economical way to enter the FLEX 12V system. Compared to purchasing the battery pack and charger separately, the set offers a price advantage and guarantees system compatibility. Those familiar with FLEX tool quality from the 18V range will find the same manufacturing quality and system consistency in the 12V line — the P-Set 12-22 Q is the compact entry into this quality.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"FLEX","offers":[{"title":"P-Set 12-22 Q \"531719\"","offer_id":57377618854223,"sku":"D1-FLEX-531719","price":165.41,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/flex-p-set-12-22-q-akku-set-12v-p-set-12-22-q-531719-531719.png?v=1775059142"},{"product_id":"flex-pset22q-akku-set-18v","title":"\"P-Set 22 Q\" Set Batteria (18V)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eFLEX P-Set 22 Q Battery Set 18V — compact entry-level battery set for cordless FLEX random orbital polishers and 18V tools\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat is the FLEX P-Set 22 Q? The FLEX P-Set 22 Q is an 18-volt battery set with a compact FLEX 18V 2.0 Ah battery pack and the corresponding FLEX rapid charger — the entry-level set for cordless FLEX 18V tools and the economical entry into the powerful FLEX 18V battery system.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCordless FLEX tools need the right battery — and the right battery starts with the right set. The \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX P-Set 22 Q Battery Set 18V\u003c\/strong\u003e is the compact entry-level package for all FLEX 18V tools: a 2.0 Ah battery pack with the matched FLEX charger, ready for immediate use. For detailers and vehicle reconditioners who are starting with a cordless FLEX 18V device or are looking for an additional battery pack for alternating use, the P-Set 22 Q is the economical and technically sound starting point.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 18V system is the main system in the cordless FLEX portfolio — this is where the power-intensive tools run: random orbital polishers like the \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/flex-xfe21518ec-15mm-akku-exzenterpolierer-freilauf-150mm-18v\"\u003eFLEX XFE 2-15 18 EC\u003c\/a\u003e, heat guns, LED construction spotlights, and other power tools designed for continuous professional use. The 2.0 Ah battery pack of the \u003cstrong\u003eP-Set 22 Q\u003c\/strong\u003e is the compact version in this system: lighter than the larger packs, sufficient for moderate use, and ideal as a second battery in alternating operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe difference between the compact 2.0 Ah pack and powerful larger variants primarily lies in the run time per charge cycle — not in compatibility. The P-Set 22 Q works with the same 18V FLEX tools as the stronger \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/flex-pset55r-akku-set-18v\"\u003eP-Set 55 R\u003c\/a\u003e, but provides shorter sessions between charge cycles. For beginners who want to test the cordless system first, and for professionals looking for a lightweight second pack for short tasks, this characteristic is an advantage — less weight on the tool, faster charging time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e18V 2.0 Ah Lithium-Ion Battery Pack — compact, lightweight, and optimized for moderate use.\u003c\/strong\u003e The 2.0 Ah battery pack of the P-Set 22 Q is the lightest in the FLEX 18V system. When mounted on a random orbital polisher or a heat gun, the tool's weight remains at an ergonomically favorable level. For tasks that last a few minutes to half an hour — spot polishing, short-term assignments, intermediate work — the 2.0 Ah pack is the right choice. The charging time is correspondingly short.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncludes FLEX Rapid Charger — short charging cycles for continuous operation.\u003c\/strong\u003e The P-Set 22 Q includes the FLEX charger matched to the 2.0 Ah battery pack. Short charging times mean short breaks — if you operate the battery in alternating mode with a second pack, you have virtually no interruption in your work cycle. The charger also charges the larger FLEX 18V battery packs of the same system, which allows for later capacity expansions without changing chargers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible with all FLEX 18V Cordless Tools — one platform for the entire FLEX 18V portfolio.\u003c\/strong\u003e The FLEX 18V battery system is cross-platform compatible: The 2.0 Ah battery pack from the P-Set 22 Q works with all FLEX 18V machines — polishers, heat guns, screwdrivers, construction spotlights. Those who use FLEX as a system manufacturer benefit from universal compatibility: no manufacturer mix, no adapters, one charging ecosystem for all tools.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cblockquote class=\"praxistipp\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePractical tip from Detailing1:\u003c\/strong\u003e Combine the FLEX P-Set 22 Q ideally in alternating operation with a \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/flex-pset55r-akku-set-18v\"\u003eP-Set 55 R\u003c\/a\u003e: The lightweight 2.0 Ah pack from the 22 Q for short, movement-intensive jobs like polishing sills and roof edges — less weight spares the arms for tasks held high. The 5.0 Ah pack from the 55 R for long seating surfaces and hoods, where continuous use without charging breaks is crucial. With this combination principle, you can work through the entire vehicle without ever losing charging time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFLEX 18V Battery System — Platform Consistency as a System Advantage for the Professional Workshop\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe FLEX 18V battery system is more than a collection of battery packs — it is a consistent platform strategy that connects all FLEX 18V tools. Every battery pack from the 18V system, whether 2.0 Ah from the P-Set 22 Q or 5.0 Ah from the \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/flex-pset55r-akku-set-18v\"\u003eP-Set 55 R\u003c\/a\u003e, fits every FLEX 18V device. This sounds self-evident, but it is not guaranteed in the professional tool market — some manufacturers use tool-specific battery formats that prevent cross-platform use. FLEX takes the more consistent approach: one platform, all devices.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor the professional workshop, this platform consistency means: investments in battery packs are not device-specific, but rather system investments. If you buy the P-Set 22 Q today for a FLEX XFE random orbital polisher, you can use the same battery pack tomorrow for a \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/flex-hg-530-18-akku-heissluftpistole\"\u003eFLEX HG 530 18 heat gun\u003c\/a\u003e or a \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/flex-tl-4000-18-led-baustrahler\"\u003eFLEX TL 4000 18 LED construction spotlight\u003c\/a\u003e. This significantly reduces the total battery inventory required for a complete cordless tool fleet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe FLEX charger from the P-Set 22 Q charges all FLEX 18V battery packs — regardless of capacity. This means that even larger packs acquired later can be charged with a single charger from the P-Set 22 Q. This makes the P-Set 22 Q a sensible starter package even for workshops that want to upgrade to larger capacities in the long term — the charger remains usable, only the battery pack is replaced or supplemented.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAnother system advantage of the FLEX 18V platform: Future FLEX 18V tools will also be compatible with the same battery system. Those who invest in FLEX 18V today can expect the battery system to remain compatible over several product generations — a reliability that generically assembled tool fleets from different manufacturers cannot offer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eP-Set 22 Q in Polishing Use — Cordless Polishing with the Compact Battery Pack\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe most common question when polishing wirelessly with FLEX: Is the 2.0 Ah battery pack from the P-Set 22 Q sufficient for a complete vehicle application? The honest answer: For a complete vehicle in one pass — no. For targeted spot polishing, partial areas, or as a second pack in alternating operation — yes, and very well.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 2.0 Ah pack provides about 20–30 minutes of run time on a random orbital polisher like the \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/flex-xfe21518ec-15mm-akku-exzenterpolierer-freilauf-150mm-18v\"\u003eFLEX XFE 2-15 18 EC\u003c\/a\u003e at moderate load. This is enough for a hood, both doors on one side, or a roof — not for a complete vehicle in one pass. If you want to polish an entire vehicle wirelessly, you need either larger battery packs (→ P-Set 55 R) or multiple packs in alternating operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor alternating operation, the P-Set 22 Q is ideal: The 2.0 Ah pack charges quickly — while the second pack is running on the tool, the first one is already charging. If you purchase a second P-Set 22 Q or a single replacement battery pack, you can work practically without breaks: One pack on the tool, one in the charger, switch every 30 minutes. This rhythm fits well with the three-step polishing protocol, where regular pad cleaning breaks are necessary anyway.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor professional detailers who polish several vehicles daily, the 2.0 Ah pack as an addition to the powerful 5.0 Ah pack is the recommended combination: The large pack for long-distance use, the small pack for detail areas where the polisher has to be held high and weight plays a role. This division of tasks between battery sizes is the professional usage strategy in the FLEX 18V system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBattery Care and Storage — How to Make Your 18V Battery Pack Last Longer\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLithium-ion battery packs are durable — if treated correctly. A few consistently followed rules significantly extend the lifespan of the FLEX 18V battery pack from the P-Set 22 Q and maintain its capacity over many charging cycles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe most important rule: Never deep discharge. If the tool noticeably loses power or the battery warning light on the device appears, immediately replace and charge it. Deep discharge irreversibly damages the lithium-ion cells and permanently reduces capacity. Most FLEX 18V devices have an electronic deep discharge protection circuit that automatically switches off the tool — nevertheless, the battery should be connected to the charger immediately after this protective shutdown.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor storage: Do not store battery packs fully charged for extended periods. When the workshop is closed for vacation or other longer breaks, bring the battery to approx. 40–60% charge. Fully charged lithium cells under continuous voltage age faster than moderately charged ones. The FLEX charger has a precise charging algorithm that optimally charges the battery and prevents overcharging — so this concern is taken care of during ongoing operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTemperature is the third critical factor: Do not store battery packs in a hot vehicle or near heat sources. Heat above 40°C significantly accelerates cell aging. In summer, remove the tool from the car after use and store it in the workshop. The \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/flex-whp-wandhalter-haken\"\u003eFLEX WHP wall mount system\u003c\/a\u003e is the ideal solution for proper storage with simultaneous charging function: hang up the battery, charge it at the same time, always store it in an optimal temperature environment. Those who work this way automatically maximize the lifespan of their FLEX 18V battery packs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eP-Set 22 Q in Comparison — 2.0 Ah vs. 5.0 Ah vs. 8.8 Ah XLITHIUM\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe FLEX 18V system offers three battery capacities in its main assortment: 2.0 Ah (P-Set 22 Q), 5.0 Ah (\u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/flex-pset55r-akku-set-18v\"\u003eP-Set 55 R\u003c\/a\u003e) and 8.8 Ah XLITHIUM (\u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/flex-pset1888r-akku-set-xlithium-18v\"\u003eP-Set 18-88 R\u003c\/a\u003e). The right capacity depends on the usage profile — here are the most important distinguishing features.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 2.0 Ah pack from the P-Set 22 Q is the lightest and most compact. Run time: 20–30 minutes at moderate load. Charging time: short. Price: most affordable entry. Ideal for: alternating operation, complementary pack, ergonomically critical tasks, beginners to the cordless FLEX system. Not ideal for: longer continuous operation without charging interruptions, professional full-day operation without a replacement pack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 5.0 Ah pack from the P-Set 55 R is the most powerful all-rounder for continuous professional use: approx. 50–70 minutes run time at moderate load, higher weight, higher price. For detailers who polish several vehicles daily, the 5.0 Ah pack is the right main choice. The 8.8 Ah pack from the P-Set 18-88 R is the premium segment for maximum run times and high-performance tools — heavier, more expensive, but unsurpassed in endurance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you are undecided between the P-Set 22 Q and the P-Set 55 R, it is often better to choose the 55 R as the main pack and the 22 Q as the complementary pack. This combination optimally covers all scenarios: full run time for main tasks, lightweight complementary pack for detailed work, and fast change cycle due to the short charging time of the 2.0 Ah pack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBuy FLEX P-Set 22 Q — Entry into the Cordless FLEX 18V System\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX P-Set 22 Q Battery Set 18V\u003c\/strong\u003e is the most economical entry into the cordless FLEX 18V system — and at the same time the most sensible addition for anyone already using a FLEX 18V tool and looking for a second battery pack for alternating operation. The set contains battery and charger as a coordinated package: no risk from incompatible chargers, no extra costs from wrong purchases.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor first-time users, we recommend ordering the desired FLEX 18V tool directly with the P-Set 22 Q — either as a package deal or as a deliberate combination of set and tool. The platform consistency of the FLEX 18V system makes this decision future-proof: every battery pack purchased today remains usable for all future FLEX 18V devices.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor long-term workshop planning: If you start with the P-Set 22 Q as an entry and requirements grow, you can upgrade to larger capacities at any time. The charger from the 22 Q remains usable — only the battery packs are supplemented or replaced by larger variants. This scalability is a key system advantage of the FLEX 18V portfolio and makes the initial investment in the P-Set 22 Q a decision without regret.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"FLEX","offers":[{"title":"P-Set 22 Q \"532740\"","offer_id":57377619018063,"sku":"D1-FLEX-532740","price":184.45,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/flex-p-set-22-q-akku-set-18v-p-set-22-q-532740-532740.png?v=1775059150"},{"product_id":"flex-pset55r-akku-set-18v","title":"\"P-Set 55 R\" Set Batteria (18V)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eFLEX P-Set 55 R Battery Set 18V — powerful 5.0 Ah battery set for continuous professional use with FLEX random orbital polishers\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat is the FLEX P-Set 55 R? The FLEX P-Set 55 R is an 18-volt battery set with a powerful FLEX 18V 5.0 Ah battery pack and the corresponding FLEX fast charger — the professional main set for cordless FLEX 18V continuous use in vehicle detailing and reconditioning.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAnyone who polishes professionally knows the problem: a vehicle with a weak battery requires several charging interruptions — in the middle of the work, in the middle of a body section, in the middle of the rhythm. The \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX P-Set 55 R Battery Set 18V\u003c\/strong\u003e is the answer to this problem: a 5.0 Ah battery pack that provides enough capacity for a complete vehicle section without a break, combined with the coordinated FLEX fast charger for short recovery times between uses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn the FLEX 18V system, the P-Set 55 R is the main set for professional workshop use — the right choice for the \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/flex-xfe21518ec-15mm-akku-exzenterpolierer-freilauf-150mm-18v\"\u003eFLEX XFE 2-15 18 EC Cordless Random Orbital Polisher\u003c\/a\u003e, the \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/flex-hg-530-18-akku-heissluftpistole\"\u003eFLEX HG 530 18 Cordless Heat Gun\u003c\/a\u003e and other 18V high-performance tools that run continuously under load. The 5.0 Ah pack provides the necessary energy reserve for long-distance use — from the hood to the trunk, without interruption.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eP-Set 55 R\u003c\/strong\u003e includes the battery and charger as a coordinated system. This means: optimal charging algorithm, correct charging voltage and current for precisely this battery pack, and no risk from generic third-party chargers that prematurely age the battery due to an incorrect charging profile. Those who work with FLEX quality tools should also rely on FLEX system solutions for battery management.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e5.0 Ah battery pack — sufficient capacity for continuous professional use without frequent charging interruptions.\u003c\/strong\u003e The 5.0 Ah battery pack of the P-Set 55 R provides approx. 50–75 minutes of runtime with a FLEX 18V random orbital polisher under normal load. This corresponds to a complete cutting step on a mid-range vehicle or a complete leather care process with the \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/flex-fs-140-flexible-welle\"\u003eFS 140 Flexible Shaft\u003c\/a\u003e. No change in the middle of the work, no loss of rhythm due to charging waiting time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFLEX fast charger included in the set — short charging times for professional alternating operation.\u003c\/strong\u003e The P-Set 55 R includes the FLEX fast charger, which charges the 5.0 Ah battery pack reliably and gently. Short recovery times enable alternating operation with a second pack without long interruptions. The charger also charges smaller 18V battery packs — universally applicable for the entire FLEX 18V range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlatform-compatible with all FLEX 18V tools — one battery pack for the entire 18V tool fleet.\u003c\/strong\u003e The 5.0 Ah battery pack from the P-Set 55 R fits every FLEX 18V tool — from polishers to heat guns to LED work lights. The FLEX 18V platform consistency makes the 55 R battery pack a universal energy source for the entire cordless tool park of a professional workshop.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cblockquote class=\"praxistipp\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePractical tip from Detailing1:\u003c\/strong\u003e The P-Set 55 R is the main set — and a P-Set 55 R strategy for professional full operation looks like this: Two 5.0 Ah packs for alternating operation on the polisher, a third pack as a reserve in the charging station. When pack 1 is running on the device, pack 2 charges. When pack 2 goes into the device, pack 3 charges. With this three-pack rotation principle, you can polish all day long without a single involuntary charging break. The investment in the second and third set pays for itself for a full-time detailing workshop within a few weeks due to saved waiting times.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e5.0 Ah capacity in daily practice — what the large battery pack really delivers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBattery capacity in ampere-hours is an abstract quantity — what it means for everyday polishing is more concrete. The 5.0 Ah battery pack from the \u003cstrong\u003eP-Set 55 R\u003c\/strong\u003e has five times the nominal capacity of the simplest 1.0 Ah pack. In practice, this means significantly longer runtimes between charging cycles, more consistent performance under high load, and an overall calmer work rhythm without frequent interruptions. For a detailer who reconditions several vehicles daily, this calm in the work rhythm is not a luxury — it is productivity-relevant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn addition, there is a technical advantage of large battery packs that is often overlooked: voltage stability under load. A small battery pack loses more voltage under high current draw — i.e., at full polisher speed with an abrasive pad on compound — than a large pack with more cell reserves. This manifests itself in a slight loss of torque, which can affect the cutting pattern during paint correction. The 5.0 Ah pack maintains the operating voltage more stably, contributing to a more uniform cutting pattern and more predictable polishing results. A subtle but relevant difference for professional work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn a FLEX random orbital polisher like the XFE 2-15 18 EC at medium to high speed and with a compound pad, the 5.0 Ah pack provides approx. 50–75 minutes of uninterrupted operation. For a complete three-step process on a compact vehicle — cut, compound, finish — this means that each individual step can be performed without charging interruption. Only between steps, when you are changing pads and inspecting the paint anyway, is the battery changed or a short charging process performed. This fits optimally with the professional polishing workflow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor lighter tools and tasks — using the \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/flex-fs-140-flexible-welle\"\u003eFLEX FS 140 Flexible Shaft\u003c\/a\u003e for leather care, operating the \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/flex-tl-4000-18-led-baustrahler\"\u003eFLEX TL 4000 18 LED work light\u003c\/a\u003e — the runtime increases accordingly, as the energy requirement is lower. A 5.0 Ah pack can power an LED work light for several hours or operate the FS 140 for a complete car interior. The capacity of the P-Set 55 R sensibly covers the entire usage range of the FLEX 18V system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe higher weight of the 5.0 Ah pack compared to the 2.0 Ah pack of the \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/flex-pset22q-akku-set-18v\"\u003eP-Set 22 Q\u003c\/a\u003e is the unavoidable downside of the higher capacity. For most polishing tasks, the extra weight is not a relevant restriction — the polisher rests on the paint surface, not in an raised hand. For tasks where the polisher has to be held up for longer periods — roof polishing, windshield areas — the lighter 2.0 Ah pack is the more ergonomic addition. Both sizes together optimally cover all scenarios.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eP-Set 55 R in the polishing system — battery management for professional daily operation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional detailing workshops often polish several vehicles per day — resulting in several complete three-step protocols, which together add up to many hours of polishing time. For this usage profile, the P-Set 55 R is the right foundation, but a single set is not enough for the entire working day. Professional battery management with the P-Set 55 R relies on multiple sets in rotation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe recommended configuration for an 8-hour workshop with one polishing station: Two to three 5.0 Ah battery packs from the P-Set 55 R. With two packs: one pack on the polisher, one in the charger — with short charging waiting times between vehicles. With three packs: one pack on the polisher, one in the charger, one as a charged reserve — virtually no involuntary waiting times. The charger from the P-Set 55 R runs almost continuously, which is perfectly within its design — FLEX chargers are designed for continuous operation in a professional context.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor workshops with several parallel polishing stations, the battery requirement multiplies accordingly. Here we recommend combining the battery packs with the \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/flex-whp-wandhalter-haken\"\u003eFLEX WHP Wall Mount System\u003c\/a\u003e: The WHP-2 AC\/DC double wall mounts charge and store two battery packs simultaneously directly at the polishing station. When the workshop opens in the morning, all battery packs are fully charged in the holders — no organizational effort, no searching, immediately ready for use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eP-Set 55 R Battery Care — Longevity through Proper Handling\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 5.0 Ah battery pack is a significant investment, and its lifespan directly depends on care. Treated correctly, a lithium-ion battery pack lasts several hundred charge cycles with only minor capacity loss. Treated incorrectly, it loses capacity significantly faster.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe most important care instructions: Avoid deep discharge — if the FLEX tool electronically signals power draw or switches itself off, place it directly in the charger. Do not store at temperatures above 40°C — summer heat in the car is a common battery killer. Do not store fully charged permanently — if the battery pack is not used for several weeks, it should be stored at approx. 50–60% charge. The FLEX charger automatically prevents overcharging — in normal operation at the charging station, this is not an issue.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe charger from the P-Set 55 R uses an intelligent charging algorithm that charges the battery gently yet quickly. Third-party chargers that are not matched to the specific FLEX 18V battery pack can reduce its lifespan with incorrect charging profiles. A good reason to stick with the official P-Set 55 R set and not buy a generic charger.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/flex-whp-wandhalter-haken\"\u003eFLEX WHP-2 AC\/DC Wall Mount System\u003c\/a\u003e solves practical storage and simultaneous charging: two battery packs charge and store simultaneously on the wall, directly at the polishing station. Open the workshop in the morning — all batteries fully charged in the holders. Hang up the batteries in the evening — no charging stress, no forgetting. The WHP solution combines proper storage with optimized charge management and is the recommended addition to any P-Set 55 R in professional use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eP-Set 55 R in comparison — why 5.0 Ah is the optimal capacity profile for detailing\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe FLEX 18V system offers various battery capacities. The P-Set 55 R with 5.0 Ah is the optimal balance between capacity, weight, and price from a detailing perspective.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/flex-pset22q-akku-set-18v\"\u003eP-Set 22 Q\u003c\/a\u003e with 2.0 Ah is too small for continuous professional operation — too frequent charging interruptions, too short runtime per charge cycle. It is useful as an supplementary pack for ergonomically critical tasks or as an entry-level set. As a sole main set for daily polishing, it is undersized.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/flex-pset1888r-akku-set-xlithium-18v\"\u003eP-Set 18-88 R XLITHIUM\u003c\/a\u003e with 8.8 Ah is the premium segment: even more capacity, even more weight, higher price. For extreme continuous use or high-performance tools that heavily strain the battery, the 8.8 Ah pack is the right choice. For normal daily detailing — three to five vehicles per day with a three-step polishing protocol — the 5.0 Ah pack of the P-Set 55 R is the right optimum: enough capacity for long shifts, not unnecessarily heavy for handling on the polisher.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTherefore, for the initial equipment of a detailing workshop, we recommend the P-Set 55 R as the main set — and if you can afford it and polish a lot daily, order two sets at once. The time saved through alternating operation without waiting times quickly justifies the double investment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBuy FLEX P-Set 55 R — the main battery set for professional vehicle detailing\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX P-Set 55 R Battery Set 18V\u003c\/strong\u003e is the standard set for anyone who works professionally with FLEX 18V tools and values sufficient capacity and reliable performance. It is the recommended main equipment for the FLEX XFE 2-15 18 EC random orbital polisher and all other FLEX 18V devices in a detailing context.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe set contains everything needed for immediate use: battery pack and charger, coordinated for maximum performance and battery life. No need to buy extra, no compatibility issues — ready to use straight out of the box. Compatibility with the entire FLEX 18V system makes the P-Set 55 R a long-term investment: every subsequent FLEX 18V tool purchase uses the same battery pack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor workshops that use FLEX as a system manufacturer, the P-Set 55 R is the logical basis: As the main battery pack, it powers the polisher, the heat gun, the work light — and when you buy the next FLEX device, the battery pack is already available. Investing in the P-Set 55 R now means investing in the entire cordless FLEX 18V ecosystem.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"FLEX","offers":[{"title":"P-Set 55 R \"532739\"","offer_id":57377619149135,"sku":"D1-FLEX-532739","price":297.5,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/flex-p-set-55-r-akku-set-18v-p-set-55-r-532739-532739.png?v=1775059154"},{"product_id":"flex-pset1888r-akku-set-xlithium-18v","title":"\"P-Set 18-88 R\" Set Batteria XLITHIUM (18V)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eFLEX P-Set 18-88 R Cordless Kit XLITHIUM — maximum capacity for FLEX high-performance tools in professional use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat is the FLEX P-Set 18-88 R? The FLEX P-Set 18-88 R is an 18-volt XLITHIUM battery kit with a powerful 8.8 Ah high-capacity battery pack and the matching FLEX charger — the premium battery kit for extreme continuous use with FLEX 18V high-performance tools.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen capacity counts and charging interruptions are not an option, the \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX P-Set 18-88 R XLITHIUM\u003c\/strong\u003e is the answer. At 8.8 amp-hours, this battery pack is the most powerful element in the FLEX 18V system — designed for high-performance tools under continuous load, for long-haul polishing protocols without breaks, and for workshop operations where time literally means money. The XLITHIUM label at FLEX stands for high-performance cell technology, which enables this capacity value with professional reliability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompared to the \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/flex-pset55r-akku-set-18v\"\u003eP-Set 55 R\u003c\/a\u003e with 5.0 Ah, the \u003cstrong\u003eP-Set 18-88 R\u003c\/strong\u003e delivers almost double the capacity. This not only means longer runtimes but also a larger energy reserve for high-load situations — when the \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/flex-xfe21518ec-15mm-akku-exzenterpolierer-freilauf-150mm-18v\"\u003eFLEX XFE 2-15 18 EC\u003c\/a\u003e is running on paint with an abrasive compound pad under full pressure, it draws significantly more current than during a light finisher pass. The 8.8 Ah pack has the reserves for this situation — stable voltage, no power drop, no premature shutdown of the electronic protection circuit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe P-Set 18-88 R includes the matching FLEX charger for XLITHIUM battery packs. XLITHIUM cells have specific charging requirements that a charger designed for this pack optimally serves — faster, gentler, and with longer preservation of cell properties than a generic charger or one designed for smaller packs. The kit is the complete, coordinated solution for the XLITHIUM segment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e8.8 Ah XLITHIUM battery pack — maximum capacity for extreme continuous use without charging interruption.\u003c\/strong\u003e With 8.8 Ah, the XLITHIUM pack delivers the longest runtime in the FLEX 18V system: on an orbital polisher at medium load, over 90 minutes of uninterrupted operation. This corresponds to a complete three-step protocol on a mid-range vehicle in a single charging cycle. For professional detailers who want to work through a vehicle from start to finish without battery pauses, the 8.8 Ah pack is the right tool.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eXLITHIUM cell technology — high-performance cells for stable power even under maximum load.\u003c\/strong\u003e The XLITHIUM technology in this battery pack stands for high-performance cells with particularly good properties under high current draw: stable internal resistance, low heat generation under load, high cycle stability. On high-performance tools such as powerful polishers or saws, the XLITHIUM pack shows its advantage over standard battery packs: no voltage drop under load, consistent power delivery until actual discharge.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncl. XLITHIUM charger — charging optimized for the 8.8 Ah pack for maximum service life.\u003c\/strong\u003e The charger included in the P-Set 18-88 R is designed for the specific requirements of the XLITHIUM battery pack. The charging algorithm considers the cell properties of the high-capacity XLITHIUM cells and charges quickly without stressing the cells with too high a charging current. This significantly extends the service life of the 8.8 Ah pack compared to charging with uncoordinated devices.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cblockquote class=\"praxistipp\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePractical tip from Detailing1:\u003c\/strong\u003e The FLEX P-Set 18-88 R makes sense if you polish many vehicles daily or use high-performance tools that heavily stress the battery. However, if you polish one to two vehicles per day with a normal three-step protocol, the \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/flex-pset55r-akku-set-18v\"\u003eP-Set 55 R\u003c\/a\u003e in alternating operation is more economical and more comfortable in terms of weight. The 8.8 Ah pack is heavier than the 5.0 Ah pack — you feel this weight at the end of a long workday. For absolute high-performance professionals and workshops with extreme throughput, the XLITHIUM pack is the right investment; for the normal professional detailer, the P-Set 55 R offers optimal value for money.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eXLITHIUM Technology — what 8.8 Ah capacity means in practice\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe XLITHIUM designation at FLEX not only stands for a higher capacity number — it describes a specific cell technology developed for extreme requirements. XLITHIUM cells are designed to continuously deliver high currents without excessive heating or cell voltage drop. For professional tools that are continuously operated at full load, this is a relevant technical advantage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhat 8.8 Ah means compared to 5.0 Ah: not simply \"more of the same,\" but a qualitatively different experience in continuous operation. A 5.0 Ah pack, operated under high load, reaches the critical discharge phase after about 45–60 minutes, where the cell voltage begins to drop. At this point, you often notice a slight but measurable power decrease in the tool. The 8.8 Ah pack, due to its larger cell reserves, has pushed this critical area further back — it remains in the optimal voltage range longer and delivers more consistent power over the entire period of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor paint correction with abrasive compound, this consistency is important: If the polisher runs under the pressure of a cut pad and the battery voltage begins to fluctuate, the speed of the orbital also fluctuates slightly. This manifests itself in an uneven cutting pattern — in some places, the device polishes more aggressively, in others more gently. With the XLITHIUM pack, the speed remains more consistent throughout the session, leading to a reproducible, professional cutting pattern.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAnother aspect of XLITHIUM technology is heat generation. High-capacity cells that are discharged at high currents can heat up more than normal lithium-ion cells. FLEX has designed the XLITHIUM cells so that heat generation remains within an acceptable range even under maximum load. This protects both the battery pack and the power tool — and extends the lifespan of both components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eP-Set 18-88 R in use — for which tasks the XLITHIUM pack makes the difference\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe P-Set 18-88 R is not the right kit for every application — it is the right kit for specific high-performance applications where capacity and consistency are crucial. These scenarios particularly benefit from the 8.8 Ah of the XLITHIUM pack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePaint correction on heavily damaged vehicles: If a vehicle with deep swirls and holograms requires an intensive multi-step cut, the orbital polisher works under continuous high load. In this situation, the 8.8 Ah pack shows its advantage: stable voltage, consistent speed, no premature activation of the protection circuit. A detailer who continuously corrects a heavily damaged vehicle from hood to trunk appreciates the range of the XLITHIUM pack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eComplete vehicle paintwork with ceramic coating: If, after polishing, a ceramic coating is applied mechanically with a polishing pad, the polisher runs over the entire vehicle again. With a weaker battery, this second complete pass would require at least one charging process. With the 8.8 Ah pack, the entire coating pass runs without interruption — and for many ceramic applications, it is relevant to perform the work in one go.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse on power-intensive non-polishing tools: The FLEX TL 4000 18 LED construction light, powerful FLEX angle grinders or saws draw significantly more current than a polisher under normal load. The 8.8 Ah pack supplies these tools with sufficient capacity for long uses — a 5.0 Ah pack reaches its limits faster with this class of tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eP-Set 18-88 R charge management — efficient handling of the high-capacity pack\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn 8.8 Ah battery pack charges slower than a 2.0 Ah pack — this is simply due to the larger amount of energy that needs to be transferred to the cells. The charger from the P-Set 18-88 R charges the XLITHIUM pack as fast as technically sensible and gently possible. The specific charging time depends on the discharge state: A full charge of a completely discharged 8.8 Ah pack takes correspondingly longer than with smaller packs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor professional operation with the P-Set 18-88 R, we therefore recommend alternating operation with at least two packs: While pack 1 is running on the tool, pack 2 charges. The charging cycle of the 8.8 Ah pack is long enough that unavoidable waiting times arise without a second pack. Two P-Set 18-88 R kits or the combination of one 18-88 R with a 55 R as a second pack are the professional solution for uninterrupted daily operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/flex-whp-wandhalter-haken\"\u003eFLEX WHP-2 AC\/DC Wall Mount Hook System\u003c\/a\u003e is particularly recommended for charge management with the 18-88 R: Charge both packs simultaneously and store them neatly on the wall — the next working day begins with two fully charged XLITHIUM packs in the holders. For workshops that work intensively with FLEX 18V high-performance tools every day, this combination of P-Set 18-88 R and WHP wall mount is the professional standard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eP-Set 18-88 R vs. P-Set 55 R — when the XLITHIUM pack is the right choice\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe honest assessment: Not everyone needs the XLITHIUM pack. The P-Set 18-88 R is the right choice for a specific area of use — and the \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/flex-pset55r-akku-set-18v\"\u003eP-Set 55 R\u003c\/a\u003e is the optimal solution for the rest of the professional sector. The decision depends on the actual usage profile.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe recommend the P-Set 18-88 R for: workshops with very high daily vehicle throughput (more than 4–5 full detailings per day), use with power-intensive high-performance tools with high power requirements, detailers who choose maximum runtime without compromise out of conviction and value-for-money reasons, and as a third secondary pack alongside two 5.0 Ah packs for maximum rotation flexibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe P-Set 55 R is for: normal professional operation with one to three vehicles per day, alternating operation with two packs, ergonomically conscious work where the slightly lower weight of the 5.0 Ah pack makes a difference over the day. For the majority of professional detailers, the P-Set 55 R offers optimal value for money.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBuy FLEX P-Set 18-88 R — the premium battery kit for the most demanding professional\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX P-Set 18-88 R XLITHIUM\u003c\/strong\u003e is the top model in the FLEX 18V battery system and is aimed at professionals who accept no compromises in terms of capacity and power consistency. It is the right kit for high-performance operation, for intensive vehicle throughput, and for anyone working at the absolute performance limit with FLEX 18V tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit contains battery pack and charger as a coordinated XLITHIUM system — no compromises in charging performance, no service life reductions due to incompatible chargers. Like all FLEX 18V battery packs, the 8.8 Ah pack is fully compatible with all FLEX 18V tools — the XLITHIUM capacity is available for the entire 18V tool portfolio.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAnyone starting with the P-Set 18-88 R starts at the top end of the FLEX 18V battery system. All smaller capacities are downward additions — but for starting with maximum reserve capacity, the XLITHIUM pack is a decision you won't regret.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"FLEX","offers":[{"title":"P-Set 18-88 R \"533175\"","offer_id":57377619312975,"sku":"D1-FLEX-533175","price":474.81,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/flex-p-set-18-88-r-akku-set-xlithium-18v-p-set-18-88-r-533175-533175.png?v=1775059147"},{"product_id":"flex-casp2x1218-doppel-ladegeraet","title":"\"CA SP 2× 12\/18\" Doppio Caricabatterie (12\/18V)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eFLEX CA SP 2× 12\/18 Dual Charger — Charge Two Batteries Simultaneously with 2×150W\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat is the FLEX CA SP 2× 12\/18 Dual Charger? The FLEX CA SP 2× 12\/18 is a dual fast charger with two independent charging slots that simultaneously charges FLEX 12V and 18V battery packs at 6A each (2×150W) — including battery cooling, LED status display, and STACK PACK compatibility for stationary workshop use.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAnyone working professionally with the FLEX battery system knows the problem: one charger, one battery, one waiting period. The \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX CA SP 2× 12\/18 Dual Charger\u003c\/strong\u003e solves this problem with a simple approach — charge two batteries simultaneously, independently, each with a full 6A charging current per channel. No halving of charging power in dual operation, no prioritization of one channel at the expense of the other: both batteries charge at full speed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CA SP 2× 12\/18 is the most powerful charger in the FLEX Detailing portfolio and is aimed at professional users who work with multiple batteries daily — be it with the \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/flex-pxe8012ec-akku-exzenterpolierer-80mm-12v\"\u003ePXE 80 12-EC\u003c\/a\u003e, the 18V polishers, or the \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/flex-bw180ec-akku-geblaese-detailing-set\"\u003eBW 18.0-EC Cordless Blower\u003c\/a\u003e. The device charges all current FLEX 12V and 18V battery packs and can be used across systems — a single charger for the entire FLEX portfolio.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSTACK PACK compatibility also makes the CA SP 2× 12\/18 an ideal component of an organized workshop setup. Wall mounting, cable winding on the housing, robust plastic housing — everything about this device is designed for continuous, professional use. As a cross-system charger for the entire FLEX portfolio from 12V to 18V, it is the only charger you really need — if you are willing to make the necessary investment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo channels, 150W each — true simultaneous operation without compromise.\u003c\/strong\u003e The CA SP 2× 12\/18 uses two fully independent charging circuits, each with 150W of power. This means: Channel 1 and Channel 2 both charge with a full 6A charging current, regardless of what is in the other channel. No sharing of total power, no sequential operation. Two 5.0 Ah batteries charged simultaneously in 60 minutes each — that's true simultaneous operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e12V and 18V in one device — the only charger for the entire FLEX system.\u003c\/strong\u003e The CA SP 2× 12\/18 charges all FLEX battery packs from 12V to 18V. So, if you use both the \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/flex-ap12v-akku-pack-12v\"\u003eAP 12V\u003c\/a\u003e for the PXE 80 and an 18V battery for the \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/flex-xfe21518ec-15mm-akku-exzenterpolierer-freilauf-150mm-18v\"\u003eXFE 2 15 18-EC\u003c\/a\u003e, you only need one charger — and it charges both simultaneously. This reduces the number of devices in the workshop and maximizes charging efficiency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated battery cooling for continuous operation and battery protection.\u003c\/strong\u003e The active cooling in the CA SP 2× 12\/18 keeps the batteries within the optimal temperature range during charging. Lithium-ion cells lose capacity faster when hot; a battery that comes hot out of the machine after heavy use and is immediately charged benefits significantly from active cooling. For detailers who run their batteries multiple times a day until they are discharged, this is a crucial factor for the longevity of the cells.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cblockquote class=\"praxistipp\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePractical Tip from Detailing1:\u003c\/strong\u003e In professional operation with PXE 80 (12V) and XFE 2 15 (18V) used in parallel, many detailers use the CA SP 2× 12\/18 as a central charging station: the left side charges the 12V PXE battery, the right side charges the 18V polisher battery — while both machines are in use with their respective charged batteries. The result: no charging interruptions, no waiting, maximum throughput in vehicle preparation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e2×150W Simultaneous Charging — How the FLEX CA SP 2× 12\/18 Charges Two Batteries in Parallel\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe technical core of the \u003cstrong\u003eCA SP 2× 12\/18\u003c\/strong\u003e lies in its dual-circuit architecture. Each of the two channels has its own charging electronics with 150W of power and 6A of charging current. When both channels are occupied simultaneously, they operate completely independently — neither channel \"knows\" about the other, no algorithm has to divide power between them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis sounds obvious, but it isn't. Many cheaper dual chargers on the market share a common power supply capacity between two outputs. In simultaneous operation, this means: halved charging power per channel, extended charging times. A 5.0 Ah battery then charges not in 60 minutes, but in over two hours — the supposed advantage of the dual charger is negated. So, if you don't pay attention to this detail when buying a dual charger, you might end up with a more expensive device with a worse result than two cheap single chargers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CA SP 2× 12\/18 delivers 2×150W of power for true simultaneous operation. The charging times in dual operation are identical to those in single operation: 40 minutes for the 2.5 Ah battery, 60 minutes for the 5.0 Ah battery, and 95 minutes for the 8.0 Ah battery — on both channels simultaneously. This is the decisive buying argument for professional users who consider charging times a limiting factor in their workflow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe total weight of 1.89 kg and dimensions of 310×278×85mm make the CA SP a compact device that, despite its dual charging capacity, takes up hardly more space on the workshop shelf than a single standard charger. Cable management with integrated cable winding on the housing keeps the workplace tidy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCharging Times in the CA SP 2× 12\/18 — 12V and 18V Batteries at a Glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eCA SP 2× 12\/18\u003c\/strong\u003e charges all current FLEX battery packs from 12V to 18V. Charging times for the 18V battery packs are directly available:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe FLEX \u003cstrong\u003eAP 18V 2.5 Ah\u003c\/strong\u003e is fully charged in approx. 40 minutes — which corresponds to the time window between two polishing units on a vehicle. The \u003cstrong\u003e5.0 Ah battery\u003c\/strong\u003e is ready for use in about 60 minutes, and the powerful \u003cstrong\u003e8.0 Ah battery (XLITHIUM)\u003c\/strong\u003e in about 95 minutes. In continuous operation with three or more 18V batteries in rotation, a virtually uninterrupted workflow results, as the charging time of one battery corresponds to the operating time of the others.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor the 12V battery packs — \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/flex-ap12v-akku-pack-12v\"\u003eAP 12V\u003c\/a\u003e in 2.5 Ah or 5.0 Ah — comparable charging times of 40 to 50 minutes apply, thanks to the full 6A charging current on both channels. In mixed operation (12V on one channel, 18V on the other), each channel maintains its full charging power — the charger automatically detects the connected battery voltage and selects the appropriate charging profile.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe integrated LED status display shows the charge status independently for each channel: charging process active, charging process completed, or error. With multiple charging processes running in parallel, you always keep an overview without complex checking. A quick glance at the device is enough to know which battery is ready and which still needs a few minutes — important in time-critical operations when the next customer order is waiting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe active battery cooling in the CA SP 2× 12\/18 also distinguishes this device from simpler chargers. If a battery is hot in the charger after intensive use, the integrated system cools it down to the optimal charging temperature before the actual charging process begins. This extends the charging time by a few minutes but protects the cells from the feared \"hot-charging\" — one of the most common reasons for premature capacity loss in lithium-ion batteries in continuous operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSTACK PACK Compatibility and Workshop Integration of the CA SP 2× 12\/18\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA detail that goes beyond the pure charging process: The \u003cstrong\u003eCA SP 2× 12\/18\u003c\/strong\u003e is compatible with the FLEX STACK PACK storage system. This means it can be mounted directly on the lid of STACK PACK boxes or integrated into the stacking system — for professional detailers who organize all their FLEX equipment in the STACK PACK system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWall mounting is also provided. Mounted on the workshop wall, the CA SP 2× 12\/18 becomes a permanent charging station that always keeps two batteries ready. Together with the cable winding on the housing, this creates a tidy, professional setup without cable clutter and without searching for chargers or cables.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor detailers who work at events or on customer sites, the CA SP can also be used mobile. At 1.89 kg, it is heavier than the CA 12 or CA 12\/18, but for the transport weight, it delivers the charging capacity of two separate chargers. One device instead of two — less transport weight, less cable clutter, less setup effort on site. Especially at car detailing events, where power outlets are scarce, a charger with two outputs is a real advantage: one connection, double the charging capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThose who organize their FLEX setup in the STACK PACK system will find the CA SP 2× 12\/18 a device that is seamlessly integrated into this system world. Wall mounting on the STACK PACK base plate or the lid of a box enables a permanently installed charging station that remains portable at the same time. This makes the CA SP a central element of a professional, mobile detailing setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCA SP 2× 12\/18 Compared to CA 12 and CA 12\/18 — Which Charger for Which Need\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFLEX offers three relevant chargers for the detailing portfolio, which are clearly distinguished by their target group.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/flex-ca12230cee-schnellladegeraet-12v\"\u003eCA 12 230\/CEE\u003c\/a\u003e is the focused 12V single charger with 5A — compact, affordable, ideal for beginners in the PXE 80 system or as a second device for wall mounting. If you only operate a 12V polisher and do not plan for 18V devices, you don't need more.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/flex-ca1218230cee-batterieladegeraete-12v-18v\"\u003eCA 12\/18 230\/CEE\u003c\/a\u003e charges 12V and 18V single batteries, offers LCD battery diagnostics and 9A charging current — the standard charger for FLEX system mixers with one battery per charging cycle and slightly faster charging speed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eCA SP 2× 12\/18\u003c\/strong\u003e is the device for professional users with multiple batteries in rotation. The decisive advantage: true simultaneous charging of two batteries without power sharing. Those who charge two or more batteries daily will amortize the extra cost compared to two single chargers through time savings and space savings. As the only device that can charge the entire FLEX battery fleet in one go, the CA SP 2× 12\/18 is the most efficient solution for professional continuous operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBuying the FLEX CA SP 2× 12\/18 — Who Benefits from the Dual Charger?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX CA SP 2× 12\/18 Dual Charger\u003c\/strong\u003e is the right choice for professional detailers who work with two or more batteries and do not want to accept charging times as a workflow interruption. This is especially true for users who use both 12V and 18V FLEX devices and are looking for a single charger for the entire portfolio.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe investment quickly pays off: Two separate chargers — a CA 12 and a CA 12\/18 — together cost more than the CA SP 2× 12\/18, occupy two power outlets, and require twice as much footprint. The CA SP combines both charging slots in one housing, delivers 2×150W of true simultaneous power, and costs significantly less in proportion than two individual devices.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor the \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/flex-pset22q-akku-set-18v\"\u003eP-Set 22 Q\u003c\/a\u003e or the \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/flex-pset55r-akku-set-18v\"\u003eP-Set 55 R\u003c\/a\u003e with multiple 18V batteries, the CA SP 2× 12\/18 is the ideal complementary charger: The bundled chargers are supplemented by the dual charger, and the entire battery stock charges in a fraction of the time. Those who push their FLEX system to high operation — multiple vehicles, multiple machines in parallel daily — can hardly do without this charger.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"FLEX","offers":[{"title":"CA SP 2x 12\/18 \"533152\"","offer_id":57377619607887,"sku":"D1-FLEX-533152","price":177.31,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/flex-ca-sp-2x-12-18-doppel-ladegeraet-12-18v-ca-sp-2x-12-18-533152-533152.png?v=1775058627"},{"product_id":"flex-hg53018-akku-heissluftpistole-18v","title":"\"HG 530 18\" Pistola Termica a Batteria (18V)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eFLEX HG 530 18 Cordless Heat Gun – cordless 18V heat for professional foil application and detailing\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat is the FLEX HG 530 18? The FLEX HG 530 18 is a professional cordless heat gun with 18V FLEX battery technology — a cordless heat gun for vehicle wrapping, shrink tubing work, adhesive removal, and thermal treatments in daily detailing and reconditioning tasks.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWrapping without cables, shrinking without cable clutter, adhesive removal anywhere in the vehicle — the \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX HG 530 18 Cordless Heat Gun\u003c\/strong\u003e brings the freedom of cordless work to thermal applications. Powered by the FLEX 18V battery system, the HG 530 18 can be used wherever heat is needed — without searching for an outlet, without extension cords, without limitations from cable length.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn professional detailing and vehicle reconditioning, the heat gun has a clear application profile: heating foil edges to permanently fix them, bubble-free application of protective films and window films, removing stickers and emblems by heating, softening adhesive residue after emblem removal, shrinking heat shrink tubing for cable protection. All these tasks require precise, controllable heat — exactly what the cordless heat gun provides.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe device is available without battery and charger (SKU D1-FLEX-531493) — for those who are already in the FLEX 18V system and use existing battery packs from the \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/flex-pset55r-akku-set-18v\"\u003eP-Set 55 R\u003c\/a\u003e or other 18V sets. Those new to the FLEX 18V system can combine the HG 530 18 with one of the FLEX 18V battery sets for a direct start into cordless heat work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCordless with FLEX 18V battery system — complete freedom of movement for wrapping and thermal work.\u003c\/strong\u003e The cordless design of the HG 530 18 is its most important feature in daily workshop use: on hard-to-reach vehicle contours, when wrapping pillars, when working in tight interior areas, the cable connection of a conventional heat gun is a real hindrance. The HG 530 18 with the FLEX 18V battery pack offers full freedom of movement — the hand follows the film edge, not the cable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProfessional heat temperatures for vehicle wrapping, adhesive removal, and shrinking.\u003c\/strong\u003e The HG 530 18 provides sufficient heat for all typical applications in vehicle detailing and vehicle wrapping: permanently sealing foil edges, adjusting protective films for detailed areas, thermally removing stickers and emblems, shrinking heat shrink tubing. The temperature control allows for precise application depending on the material — not every film tolerates maximum heat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible with all FLEX 18V battery packs — one platform for the entire cordless FLEX tool range.\u003c\/strong\u003e As part of the FLEX 18V system, the HG 530 18 shares battery compatibility with all other FLEX 18V tools. The battery pack that powers the eccentric polisher today can be used in the heat gun tomorrow — without adapters, without separate charging effort. The FLEX platform strategy pays off precisely in such moments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cblockquote class=\"praxistipp\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePractical tip from Detailing1:\u003c\/strong\u003e Use the FLEX HG 530 18 when wrapping roof edges, sills, and door frames: After pressing the film with the squeegee, gently heat it with the heat gun at a distance of approx. 3–5 cm — the film adapts to the contour and the adhesive bond becomes permanent. Do not overheat: a short, even application of heat is sufficient. Especially with carbon-look films and textured films, heat is the key element for a bubble-free result. For emblem removal, first apply heat to the emblem, then work carefully with a plastic lever — no metal on the paint, no tearing due to insufficient heat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications of the HG 530 18 — heat in professional vehicle detailing\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX HG 530 18\u003c\/strong\u003e covers a specific but relevant area of application in professional detailing and vehicle reconditioning. Heat is not used daily in these areas, but when it is needed, there is no alternative — and then it must function, wirelessly and reliably.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVehicle wrapping is the main domain of the heat gun in detailing: whether protective film, decorative film, visible carbon look or foil wrapping of entire vehicle sections — heat is the tool that fixes films at corners, edges, and curves and makes them permanently adhere. Without heat, film edges on complex geometries tend to detach; with targeted heat, the adhesive bond is permanently activated and the film adapts to the three-dimensional shape.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSticker and emblem removal is another common application: factory stickers, dealer plates, old emblems and lettering are softened by heat and can then be removed without paint or finish damage. The alternative — cold removal with mechanical force — always carries the risk of paint chips or residual adhesive in the paint structure. Heat makes this work gentler and more efficient at the same time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn the automotive sector, heat shrink tubing work is added: when electrical or electronic work is pending on a vehicle — dashcam installation, alarm system, lighting modifications — heat shrink tubing is the standard means for waterproof cable connections. The HG 530 18 shrinks this tubing precisely and cleanly, without having to retrieve a separate device from the workshop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdhesive removal after emblem removal is also a regular application: after removing emblems, adhesive residues often remain on the paint. Slight heating with the heat gun softens the adhesive, which can then be removed without residue with a plastic spatula or a cloth soaked in isoalcohol. This step is particularly important before ceramic sealing or paint correction, where adhesive residues would compromise the preparation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDoor seals and weather seals can be reactivated by hot air: Older, hardened rubber seals become more flexible again through targeted heating and seal better. This significantly extends the service life of rubber seals and is an often underestimated application of the heat gun in everyday vehicle reconditioning. This work takes only a few minutes per door, but has a measurable effect on driving comfort and prevents typical leaks on old seals in the rain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePPF (Paint Protection Film) applications also require hot air: Self-healing protective films on spoiler lips, door sills, and mirror caps are only permanently fixed by heat and adapt to the geometry. The cordless heat gun is particularly practical here because the work can be done around the entire vehicle without cable restrictions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety and handling — professional use of the cordless heat gun\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA heat gun generates temperatures that permanently change materials — and that requires conscious handling. For professional use in vehicle detailing, some basic rules are important to prevent damage to the vehicle and injuries.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe most important rule: Never direct the hot air nozzle at one spot for an extended period. When wrapping and removing adhesive, always keep the gun moving. Hot air standing in one spot can overheat the vehicle paint — the clear coat can crack, plastic parts can deform, and on dark paint colors, thermal stress patterns can occur. Short, even movements are the correct technique.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe distance between the nozzle and the surface is also critical: too close leads to overheating, too far is ineffective. As a rule of thumb, a distance of 5–10 cm applies for normal wrapping work and adhesive removal, 3–5 cm for stubborn adhesive residues or thicker film materials. For sensitive surfaces — thin plastic panels, painted plastic parts — always start with a greater distance and carefully approach.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter use, never immediately place the nozzle on a surface — it is still hot and can damage surfaces. Place the HG 530 18 on a heat-resistant surface or hang it securely until it has cooled down. The cordless design without outlet dependency makes placement more flexible, but the cooling time is the same as for corded devices.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHG 530 18 vs. HG 650 2000 — cordless or mains power, what suits which workshop?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn addition to the cordless HG 530 18, the FLEX range also includes the mains-powered \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/flex-hg-650-2000-heissluftpistole\"\u003eHG 650 2000 heat gun\u003c\/a\u003e. Which one is the right choice for your workshop depends on your usage profile and working environment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HG 530 18 with battery is the right choice when freedom of movement is important: for wrapping large vehicle surfaces, for working at changing positions around the vehicle, for outdoor use, or for working in places without a nearby power outlet. The cordless freedom makes certain tasks easier and faster — no fumbling with the cable, no cable routing around the vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HG 650 2000 with mains connection is the right choice when the workplace is stationary and a power outlet is nearby: At a fixed wrapping workstation with power outlet access, the cable is not a handicap, and the mains version provides uninterrupted hot air without battery breaks. For workshops comparing both variants: The cordless HG 530 18 for flexibility and mobility, the HG 650 2000 for stationary high-performance applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHG 530 18 in the FLEX 18V system — battery compatibility as a central system advantage\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLike all FLEX 18V tools, the HG 530 18 shares the battery platform with the entire FLEX 18V portfolio. For the workshop, this means: Anyone who uses the \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/flex-xfe21518ec-15mm-akku-exzenterpolierer-freilauf-150mm-18v\"\u003eFLEX XFE 2-15 18 EC eccentric polisher\u003c\/a\u003e and one or two \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/flex-pset55r-akku-set-18v\"\u003eP-Set 55 R battery sets\u003c\/a\u003e can immediately operate the HG 530 18 with the same battery packs — no separate battery ecosystem, no separate charger.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis platform consistency significantly reduces investment costs: The HG 530 18 is a cheaper device than the eccentric polisher, and since the battery packs are already available, expanding the cordless tool park with the heat gun is possible with minimal additional costs. Buying the device alone (without battery pack and charger) and using the existing FLEX 18V packs is precisely the application for which the FLEX platform strategy was developed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith the \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/flex-whp-wandhalter-haken\"\u003eFLEX WHP wall mount system\u003c\/a\u003e, the battery management workflow for all FLEX 18V devices — polisher, heat gun, construction light — can be centrally organized. All battery packs charged and ready on one wall, all devices immediately usable. This is the FLEX system principle in its complete form.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBuying the FLEX HG 530 18 — Use, Combination, and Stocking\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX HG 530 18 Cordless Heat Gun\u003c\/strong\u003e is the right investment for professional vehicle reconditioners and detailers who regularly perform wrapping, emblem removal, or shrinking tasks. The cordless format makes it particularly valuable for those who work at changing positions around the vehicle and do not want cable ties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe device is available without battery and charger (SKU D1-FLEX-531493) — it is normally ordered together with a FLEX 18V battery set, if no 18V set is yet available. Those who already own FLEX 18V battery packs buy the device without a set and use the existing packs. This is the most economical configuration for workshops already established in the FLEX 18V system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs a complement to the HG 530 18, we recommend having a selection of wrapping accessories and removal tools readily available: plastic squeegees, heat protection mat for sensitive areas, and isoalcohol for adhesive residues. With this basic equipment and the cordless HG 530 18, professional wrapping and thermal work is fully equipped.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"FLEX","offers":[{"title":"HG 530 18 \"531493\" (Battery\/Charger Not Included)","offer_id":57377623998799,"sku":"D1-FLEX-531493","price":133.89,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/flex-hg-530-18-akku-heissluftpistole-18v-hg-530-18-531493-531493.png?v=1775059101"},{"product_id":"flex-hg6502000-heissluftpistole","title":"\"HG 650 2000\" Pistola Termica","description":"\u003ch2\u003eFLEX HG 650 2000 Heat Gun — professional corded heat gun for continuous performance in wrapping and thermal work\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat is the FLEX HG 650 2000? The FLEX HG 650 2000 is a professional, corded heat gun with 2000 watts of power — a stationary precision tool for professional vehicle wrapping, adhesive removal, and thermal treatments with unlimited runtime due to mains connection.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaximum hot air output without time restrictions — that is the core promise of the \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX HG 650 2000 Heat Gun\u003c\/strong\u003e. With 2000 watts of rated power and unlimited operating time through direct mains connection, the HG 650 2000 is the tool for workshops and detailers who work intensively with wrapping, adhesive removal, and other thermal tasks at a fixed workstation. Where a cable is not a handicap, the HG 650 2000 delivers without interruption — no battery limit, no charging process, no capacity problems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompared to the cordless \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/flex-hg-530-18-akku-heissluftpistole\"\u003eFLEX HG 530 18 Cordless Heat Gun\u003c\/a\u003e, the corded variant has a specific advantage: at a fixed wrapping workstation with a mains connection nearby, it is the more powerful and economical solution. 2000 watts of heating power surpass the battery-powered variant in heating density and allow higher temperatures for thicker film materials and stubborn adhesive residues.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe heat gun is the right device for: professional vehicle wrapping workshops with a fixed wrapping workstation, workshops with high wrapping throughput where battery breaks are unacceptable, and detailing businesses that offer both vehicle paint and wrapping and PPF as a complete service portfolio. With the HG 650 2000, this service is ensured at a professional tool standard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2000 watts rated power — maximum heating capacity for professional wrapping work.\u003c\/strong\u003e The 2000-watt power of the HG 650 2000 enables fast heating, high operating temperatures, and sufficient heat output for thick protective films, stubborn adhesive residues, and high-temperature shrink tubing. For intensive wrapping work where the heat gun is used for a long and continuous period, the mains power provides the necessary heat reserve without fluctuations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMains connection for unlimited operating time — no battery management, no charging process.\u003c\/strong\u003e With direct mains connection, the HG 650 2000 runs for as long as necessary — a feature that makes all the difference in intensive daily use in a wrapping workshop. No battery change after 30 minutes, no waiting for charging between vehicles: the HG 650 2000 is always ready for use as long as an outlet is available.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature and airflow control for precise adaptation to different film materials.\u003c\/strong\u003e The FLEX HG 650 2000 offers adjustable temperature and airflow settings, allowing for precise use on various film materials. Thin clear carbon films require different settings than thick PPF protective films — the adjustability of the HG 650 2000 covers this entire spectrum and prevents material damage due to unsuitable heat settings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cblockquote class=\"praxistipp\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePractical Tip from Detailing1:\u003c\/strong\u003e Permanently install the FLEX HG 650 2000 at the wrapping workstation and set up a short hook for storage between work steps. The heat gun should never be put down with the nozzle facing downwards after use — a wall hook or a stable storage arm keeps it safe during breaks. When wrapping spoiler lips and sills with thick PPF: preheat first at medium temperature, then permanently fix the film with higher temperature and the correct distance. A smooth, steady movement of the heat gun along the film edge is better than localized overheating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHot air in the wrapping process — tasks the HG 650 2000 takes on\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional vehicle wrapping is a multi-stage process where hot air is indispensable at several points. The \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX HG 650 2000\u003c\/strong\u003e covers all these points — with the power and reliability that professional wrapping work requires.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe most important application is edge sealing for self-adhesive films: when a film is guided around a body edge — hood edge, door edge area, spoiler lip — the film must be bent around the edge and permanently fixed. Without heat, the film springs back at these points and the adhesive bond does not last permanently. With the right hot air temperature, the film becomes flexible, adapts to the contour, and the adhesive bond is permanently activated. The result is an edge seal that lasts for years.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor PPF films (Paint Protection Film) such as transparent stone chip protection films, higher temperatures are required than for simpler decorative films. PPF film is thicker and has a pronounced tendency to spring back, which must be overcome by sufficient heat during edge sealing. The 2000 watts of the HG 650 2000 provide the necessary heating capacity to professionally fix PPF films.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThermally removing stickers and emblems is another common task: factory stickers, dealer badges, lettering, and emblems become soft when heated and can then be removed with a plastic lever without damaging the paint or coating. Any remaining adhesive residue is then softened by further brief heating and removed with a microfiber cloth soaked in isoalcohol. For this process, the HG 650 2000 with its power reserve is ideally suited.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReactivating rubber seals is an often underestimated application: door seals, trunk seals, and windshield seals that have hardened due to cold, age, or lack of care become more flexible again with a short hot air treatment. The heat activates the plasticizers in the rubber material and significantly extends the life of the seal. This work takes only a few minutes per door and has a measurable effect on the sealing properties of the vehicle. With the mains-powered HG 650 2000, this treatment is particularly efficient because the heating power remains constant and there is no battery break between doors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWiring harnesses and electrical connections in the vehicle are another area of application: when installing accessories such as dash cams, headlights, or special lights, shrink tubing is required to insulate connection points. The heat gun shrinks these sleeves precisely and cleanly. For this application, the lower temperature setting is often sufficient — shrink tubing shrinks at relatively low temperatures, and the 2000 watts of the HG 650 2000 would damage cables or connectors if set incorrectly. Medium temperature and sufficient distance are the right settings here.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTemperature management and material knowledge — correct settings for different film types\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach film material has different thermal properties and reacts differently to hot air. The adjustability of the heat gun is therefore not a luxury, but a necessity for professional results on different materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThin clear carbon and decorative films (0.05–0.1 mm) are sensitive to excessively high temperatures — overheating can change the texture of the film, create bubbles, or, in extreme cases, melt the film. For these materials, we recommend the lower to medium temperature setting, combined with a greater distance of 8–12 cm. The film will be warm enough for edge work without being thermally overstressed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePPF protective films (0.15–0.25 mm) require significantly more heat to become sufficiently flexible. Here, the full heating power of the gun comes into play: higher temperature setting, a shorter distance of 5–8 cm, and quick movement along the film edge. For PPF, the airflow is also relevant: too strong an airflow can blow thin PPF edges up before they have bonded. Airflow control allows for precise adjustment to the respective material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShrink tubing for cable work in the vehicle has a very specific shrink temperature range. Too little heat does not fully shrink the tubing, too much burns it and makes the cable insulation brittle. With the medium temperature setting of the HG 650 2000 at a distance of approx. 5 cm and even movement, the tubing shrinks cleanly and completely — without the risk of burning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety instructions for professional use — correct handling of the HG 650 2000\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2000 watts of heating power require conscious handling. The device is a professional tool with corresponding performance parameters — which also means corresponding responsibility in handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBasic rule: Never point and hold the hot air nozzle in one spot. When wrapping, always keep it in constant motion and never stay on one spot for longer than 2–3 seconds. On car paint, even brief overheating can create thermal rings or bubbles in the clear coat — especially on dark paint colors that absorb heat more strongly. When in doubt, go over it briefly, quickly, and multiple times instead of staying on one spot for a long time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe nozzle of the HG 650 2000 remains hot for a long time after use. Never place it on a wrapable surface, on plastic parts, or near flammable materials. A sturdy storage holder or wall hook at the wrapping workstation is mandatory. Regularly check the power cord for damage — heat gun cables are subjected to greater stress due to the thermal load in the environment than normal tool cables.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHG 650 2000 vs. HG 530 18 — Mains power or battery for your own workshop\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe decision between the \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX HG 650 2000\u003c\/strong\u003e and the cordless \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/flex-hg-530-18-akku-heissluftpistole\"\u003eFLEX HG 530 18\u003c\/a\u003e is a matter of usage profile — not quality. Both are professional FLEX tools with specific strengths.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe recommend the HG 650 2000 with mains connection for: wrapping workshops with a fixed wrapping workstation and power outlet access, workshops with high wrapping throughput without battery breaks, and anyone who relies on maximum heating power. We recommend the HG 530 18 with battery for: mobile applications, working around the entire vehicle without cable constraints, and workshops that have already invested in the FLEX 18V system and want to optimally utilize the battery platform.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor workshops that offer both — stationary wrapping work and mobile detailing work around the vehicle — the combination of both devices is the optimal solution: the HG 650 2000 at the fixed wrapping station for intensive work, the HG 530 18 for mobile use and for tasks where the cable interferes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompared to third-party manufacturers, the HG 650 2000 stands out for its typical FLEX robustness and precise temperature control. Cheaper heat guns from other brands often have poorer temperature control — the target temperature deviates from the actual temperature, which can lead to damage to sensitive film materials. FLEX develops tools for continuous professional use, and the HG 650 2000 is designed for precisely this use: for the daily wrapping workstation of an active workshop, not for occasional hobby use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBuy FLEX HG 650 2000 — the professional corded heat gun for the wrapping workshop\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX HG 650 2000 Heat Gun\u003c\/strong\u003e is the right tool for professional vehicle wrappers and detailers who regularly perform intensive wrapping and thermal work at a fixed workstation with a mains connection. The 2000-watt power and unlimited operating time make it the most powerful hot air option in the FLEX range for this application.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs a corded device, the HG 650 2000 does not require FLEX 18V battery packs — it functions independently of the FLEX battery system and is therefore also suitable for workshops that do not yet use the FLEX 18V system. This makes it a universal entry into professional hot air work, regardless of the existing battery infrastructure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAnyone who offers vehicle wrapping as a core service or wants to get into professional wrapping should include the HG 650 2000 as a standard heat gun in their equipment. Combined with a high-quality wrapping squeegee, professional film materials, and the necessary hand tools, the HG 650 2000 forms the thermal centerpiece of a complete wrapping workstation.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"FLEX","offers":[{"title":"HG 650 2000 \"532579\"","offer_id":57377624195407,"sku":"D1-FLEX-532579","price":123.89,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/flex-hg-650-2000-heissluftpistole-hg-650-2000-532579-532579.png?v=1775059105"},{"product_id":"flex-ci1118-akku-kompressor-18v","title":"\"CI 11 18.0\" Compressore a Batteria (18V)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eFLEX CI 11 18.0 Cordless Compressor — mobile 18V air compressor with 11 bar and automatic pressure pre-setting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat is the FLEX CI 11 18.0 Cordless Compressor? The FLEX CI 11 18.0 is a cordless 18V air compressor with an Electronic Management System (EMS) that inflates tires, hoses, and sporting goods with a maximum pressure of up to 11 bar and an air flow rate of 13 l\/min — with automatic pressure pre-setting and an LED pressure display for precise, overfill-safe operation.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA cordless compressor might at first sound like a niche product — until you're standing by your vehicle with a \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/flex-bw180ec-akku-geblaese-detailing-set\"\u003ecordless blower\u003c\/a\u003e for the first time and realize that the front right wheel is three tenths of a bar too low. The \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX CI 11 18.0 Cordless Compressor\u003c\/strong\u003e solves exactly this problem, known to mobile detailers and workshop operators alike: compressed air on-site, without a power outlet, without compressor noise, without lugging heavy equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith a maximum pressure of 11 bar and a flow rate of 13 l\/min, the CI 11 18.0 reliably and quickly inflates car tires, motorcycle tires, bicycle tires, and sporting goods. The automatic pressure pre-setting eliminates the need for manual monitoring: set the desired target pressure, attach the compressor, wait — the device automatically switches off when the target pressure is reached. No risk of overfilling, no distraction from the detailing workflow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe device belongs to the FLEX 18V system and can be operated with all compatible \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/flex-ap18-akku-pack-18v\"\u003eAP 18V battery packs\u003c\/a\u003e. The included accessory kit — high-pressure hose, volume hose, and valve adapters for cars, bicycles, and sporting goods — covers all common inflation tasks. Anyone who already owns FLEX 18V batteries — for example, for the \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/flex-xfe21518ec-15mm-akku-exzenterpolierer-freilauf-150mm-18v\"\u003eXFE 2 15 18-EC\u003c\/a\u003e or the \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/flex-bw180ec-akku-geblaese-detailing-set\"\u003eBW 18.0-EC blower\u003c\/a\u003e — immediately has the necessary compressed air expertise in their portfolio with the CI 11 18.0, without having to buy another battery or charger.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAutomatic pressure pre-setting with precise automatic shut-off.\u003c\/strong\u003e The CI 11 18.0 can be pre-programmed to a target pressure and shuts off precisely when this pressure is reached. This prevents overfilling, protects the tire, and allows the compressor to be operated unattended — while you continue to prepare the vehicle elsewhere. For mobile detailers who offer tire service as an additional service, this is a real workflow gain.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e11 bar maximum pressure for car tires, motorcycles, and sporting goods.\u003c\/strong\u003e With 11 bar, the CI 11 18.0 covers the entire pressure range of common tires: cars (2.0–3.5 bar), motorcycles (up to 4.0 bar), bicycles (up to 8.0 bar for racing tires), and sporting goods such as footballs and air mattresses. The included valve adapter set covers all valve types — Schrader, Presta, and Dunlop.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEMS protection and LED light for safe working in all conditions.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Electronic Management System (EMS) monitors battery capacity, motor load, and operating temperature — and protects the CI 11 18.0 and the battery from overload and deep discharge. The integrated LED light makes the compressor usable even in poor lighting conditions, in garages, or at dusk — useful for evening assignments or winter work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cblockquote class=\"praxistipp\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePractical tip from Detailing1:\u003c\/strong\u003e For mobile detailing, we recommend keeping the CI 11 18.0 as a permanent part of your vehicle case setup. Set the target pressure for the current vehicle type in advance — cars usually 2.3–2.5 bar cold — and attach the valve coupling to the front and then rear tires. While you're polishing the second side of the vehicle, the compressor is already inflating independently. Time saved: 5–8 minutes per vehicle, without distraction from the polishing workflow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eEMS and brushless drive — the technology of the FLEX CI 11 18.0\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX CI 11 18.0\u003c\/strong\u003e is equipped with the Electronic Management System (EMS) — the same protection system built into FLEX polishers and the BW 18.0-EC blower. In the compressor, the EMS continuously monitors three parameters: battery voltage (deep discharge protection), motor temperature (overheating protection), and operating load (overload protection).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOverheating protection is particularly relevant for a compressor: if the device is operated for a long period or at high external pressure — for example, when inflating high-pressure tires — the motor temperature rises. The EMS recognizes this condition and reduces power or briefly switches the device into protective mode before damage can occur. In everyday use, this means: the CI 11 18.0 runs reliably, even if it has to inflate several tires one after another.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe integrated LED pressure display is another component of operational safety. It shows the current pressure value in the tire and provides continuous feedback during the inflation process. If you are not yet working with pressure pre-setting or want to read an intermediate value, the information is always visible — without a separate pressure gauge or looking at the tire information panel in the vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe total weight of 1.9 kg without battery makes the CI 11 18.0 one of the lightest compressors in its pressure class. In combination with a 2.5 Ah battery, the total weight remains under 3 kg — handy enough for one-handed operation or carrying from tire to tire. The ergonomic handle allows stable working even over longer operating phases, without the device tipping or being uncomfortable to hold. For transport in a detailing case or tool cart, the form factor-to-performance ratio of the CI 11 18.0 is hard to beat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e11 bar and 13 l\/min — pressure performance of the CI 11 18.0 in practical use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe performance data of the \u003cstrong\u003eCI 11 18.0\u003c\/strong\u003e — 11 bar maximum pressure and 13 l\/min flow rate — sound abstract; in everyday life, they determine the range of use and inflation speed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e11 bar maximum pressure is sufficient for all normal tire types: car tires operate in the range of 1.8 to 3.5 bar, SUV tires up to approx. 3.2 bar, motorcycle tires up to 4.0 bar, and bicycle racing tires up to 8 bar. Even sporty high-pressure tires or commercial vehicles within the permissible range can be inflated with the CI 11 18.0. The only area not covered is industrial compressed air applications beyond 6–8 bar — irrelevant for detailing and private users.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e13 l\/min flow rate is sufficient for car tires in an acceptable time. A completely deflated car tire (approx. 35–40 liters volume) would theoretically take 3 minutes; in practice, one usually starts at 1.5–2.0 bar and inflates to 2.3–2.5 bar — which takes 30–90 seconds depending on the tire. For typical detailing applications (tire correction before or after preparation), this is completely sufficient. For bicycle tires with a small volume, it's even faster.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe included accessories sensibly expand the range of use: the 0.7m high-pressure hose is sufficient for all tire positions without repositioning the compressor; the 0.35m volume hose is suitable for shorter connections for simpler tasks. The valve adapters for cars, bicycles, and sporting goods are included — no separate adapter kit needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAutomatic pressure pre-setting — tire inflation without overfilling\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe automatic pressure pre-setting of the \u003cstrong\u003eCI 11 18.0\u003c\/strong\u003e is the feature that distinguishes a professional tool from a simple refill device. Instead of manually monitoring the pressure buildup and disconnecting at the right moment, you set the target pressure once — and the compressor does the rest.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe process is intuitive: set the target pressure value on the device, attach the valve coupling, start the compressor. The device builds up pressure, continuously monitors the fill level, and automatically switches off when the target value is reached. Overpressure protection is integrated: if a valve defect or operating error occurs, the safety valve intervenes. The result: exactly the right air pressure every time, without reading errors, without subsequent correction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor mobile detailers who offer tire service as an optional additional service, this automation is particularly valuable. The time that would otherwise be spent on manual pressure monitoring can be used in parallel — masking the rim, cleaning the valve, checking the tire sidewall. The compressor works independently and signals completion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe pressure pre-setting can be individually configured for different vehicle types. If you regularly prepare different vehicle classes — compact cars, SUVs, sports cars — you can adjust the target pressure depending on the vehicle. This creates reliability and professional quality: each tire gets exactly the pressure that is optimal for that vehicle. No rules of thumb, no estimates, no manual corrections afterward.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCI 11 18.0 vs. stationary compressors — when the cordless compressor is the right choice\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStationary compressors with 230V mains connection provide more continuous power with a larger tank volume and are the superior solution for industrial continuous operation. They have their place in a fully equipped workshop. However, the CI 11 18.0 is still the better choice for many users — for three reasons.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFirstly, mobility: The CI 11 18.0 goes wherever the job goes — home visits to customers, tire changes in the parking lot, quick checks at detailing events. A stationary compressor stays in the workshop. Secondly, simplicity: No separate connection, no pressure tank, no warm-up run. Battery in, valve on, go. Thirdly, system integration: Anyone already in the FLEX 18V ecosystem has no additional costs for batteries and chargers — the same batteries that power the polisher or blower also power the compressor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe comparison with inexpensive 12V vehicle-powered compressors (car connection) also favors the CI 11 18.0: these devices are slow, noisy, temperature-sensitive, and require a running engine. The CI 11 18.0 works faster, quieter, and independently of the vehicle — an important aspect in professional detailing, where the customer's vehicle is not started again after preparation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eImportant in the comparison: The pressure pre-setting with automatic shut-off is a feature that many inexpensive compressors do not offer. Anyone who works without this function has to manually monitor the pressure buildup and interrupt it at the right moment — a risk of overfilling and an unnecessary waste of time. The CI 11 18.0 eliminates this risk with a hardware solution instead of requiring constant attention.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBuying the FLEX CI 11 18.0 — who benefits from this cordless compressor?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX CI 11 18.0 Cordless Compressor\u003c\/strong\u003e is the right choice for mobile detailers who need compressed air on-site without a power connection, for workshop operators who want to expand their FLEX 18V fleet with a compressor component, and for vehicle care enthusiasts who want to build a complete, cordless equipment setup in their garage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe device is supplied without a battery and charger — for those already in the FLEX 18V system, this is the logical purchase approach. If you don't yet own a FLEX 18V battery, it makes sense to combine the CI 11 18.0 with the \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/flex-pset22q-akku-set-18v\"\u003eP-Set 22 Q\u003c\/a\u003e (two batteries + charger) or purchase an \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/flex-ap18-akku-pack-18v\"\u003eAP 18V battery pack\u003c\/a\u003e separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs part of the FLEX 18V Detailing System, the CI 11 18.0 ideally complements the \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/flex-bw180ec-akku-geblaese-detailing-set\"\u003eBW 18.0-EC Cordless Blower\u003c\/a\u003e: The blower dries the vehicle after washing, the compressor brings the tires to the target pressure — two coordinated tools that share the same battery and together cover the entire finishing workflow of a professional detailing job.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"FLEX","offers":[{"title":"CI 11 18.0 \"506648\" (Without battery \/ charger)","offer_id":57377624326479,"sku":"D1-FLEX-506648","price":110.89,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/flex-ci-11-18-0-akku-kompressor-18v-ci-11-18-0-506648-506648.png?v=1775058632"},{"product_id":"flex-sd73204-akku-schraubendreher","title":"\"SD 7-320 4\" avvitatore a batteria","description":"\u003ch2\u003eFLEX SD 7-320 4 Cordless Screwdriver — Precise 12V Cordless Screwdriver for Disassembly and Assembly in Vehicle Detailing\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat is the FLEX SD 7-320 4? The screwdriver is a compact cordless screwdriver with 12V FLEX battery technology — a lightweight, precise hand tool for assembly and disassembly work in vehicle reconditioning, interior renovation, and professional detailing.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional detailing often begins not with the polisher, but with the screwdriver. Those who completely recondition vehicle interiors dismantle trim panels, emblems, headrests, and decorative strips — and reassemble them after the work is done. The \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX SD 7-320 4 Cordless Screwdriver\u003c\/strong\u003e is designed for precisely these tasks: compact, lightweight, precisely controllable, and powered by the FLEX 12V battery system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn the detailing context, an overly powerful cordless drill is often the wrong tool — it rotates too fast, delivers too much torque, and carries the risk of overtightening delicate plastic threads or damaging trim clips. The \u003cstrong\u003eSD 7-320 4\u003c\/strong\u003e is designed with a maximum torque of 7 Nm, which is correctly dimensioned for vehicle interior screws: no overtightening, no stripping, no damage to delicate threads in plastic carriers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs part of the FLEX 12V system (\u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/flex-pset1222q-akku-set-12v\"\u003eP-Set 12-22 Q\u003c\/a\u003e), the SD 7-320 4 benefits from the FLEX platform strategy: one battery pack for all 12V tools, one charger for the entire 12V range. The screwdriver is available without battery and charger — for those who are already established in the FLEX 12V system and want to use the device directly with existing battery packs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact, lightweight design — ideal for disassembly work in confined vehicle areas.\u003c\/strong\u003e The compact design of the FLEX SD 7-320 4 makes it easy to handle even in cramped vehicle interiors: in footwell trims, under dashboards, behind door panels. The low weight of the 12V battery pack makes long operations less fatiguing — a relevant advantage when many screws are loosened and tightened in quick succession.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrecise torque for delicate vehicle screws — no overtightening, no damage.\u003c\/strong\u003e With a maximum torque of 7 Nm, the SD 7-320 4 is matched to the typical screw sizes and materials in vehicle interiors. Trim screws in plastic threads, decorative strip holders, and fine fasteners are neither overtightened nor damaged by excessive torque when loosened. The speed control also allows for sensitive work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFLEX 12V battery system — cordless freedom for disassembly and assembly work around the vehicle.\u003c\/strong\u003e The SD 7-320 4 operates wirelessly with FLEX 12V battery packs — no cable that interferes when working in confined areas, no searching for power outlets in the workshop. The cordless freedom makes disassembly work faster and more convenient, especially when numerous parts need to be removed for interior reconditioning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cblockquote class=\"praxistipp\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePractical tip from Detailing1:\u003c\/strong\u003e Use the FLEX SD 7-320 4 as the first tool for interior reconditioning: loosen headrests, floor mat fasteners, trim screws, and emblems before using the polisher. What has been disassembled can be cleaned and reconditioned more thoroughly — and precisely reassembled after the work. For screws in delicate plastic threads, always start with the lowest torque setting. If using a torque clutch, set it to disengage just before the final tightening torque — this reliably prevents overtightening of plastic threads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eApplication areas in vehicle detailing — where the cordless screwdriver is indispensable\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn professional detailing, there is a long list of tasks where a precise cordless screwdriver like the \u003cstrong\u003eSD 7-320 4\u003c\/strong\u003e saves time and prevents damage. These tasks regularly occur in every complete vehicle reconditioning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInterior disassembly for complete reconditioning: Those who professionally recondition a vehicle interior remove at least floor mats, seat bases, headrests, and door panels to completely clean underlying areas. Some detailers go further and dismantle center consoles, headliner clips, and trunk trims. All these tasks require a screwdriver with the correct torque characteristics — too powerful, and the thread is ruined; too weak, and stuck screws won't come out. The SD 7-320 4 precisely strikes the balance for vehicle interior work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEmblem removal for foiling or paint correction: Many vehicle owners want to have emblems removed before ceramic coating or foiling to achieve seamless results. Emblems are often attached with screws or threaded rods that are accessible from inside the trunk. The SD 7-320 4 loosens these connections quickly and gently, without stressing the sheet metal with excessive torque.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMirror and add-on parts for exterior paint reconditioning: For complete paint corrections, it is recommended to dismantle exterior mirrors, grille clips, and decorative strips to professionally work on underlying paint edges. These mounting points are often delicate and require precise tools. With the SD 7-320 4, add-on parts are quickly loosened and cleanly reassembled after paint reconditioning — without tool marks or damaged mounting points.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAccessory installation and vehicle equipment: When installing accessories such as camera systems, footwell lighting, or sound system connections, screw work regularly occurs. The SD 7-320 4 is the ideal hand tool here: small enough for tight cable ducts, precise enough for the delicate mounting points of plastic housings and electronic accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRoof consoles and headliner fasteners are another typical disassembly area: During complete interior refurbishment, the headliner trim, grab handles, and sun visors are often removed to clean underlying areas or treat headlinings for reconditioning. The screws of these components are small and often in hard-to-reach positions — a short, lightweight screwdriver like the SD 7-320 4 is more precise to handle here than a clumsy drill driver. Anyone who has ever damaged a headliner fastener with an oversized tool appreciates the difference.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeat disassembly for complete reconditioning: In high-quality vehicle reconditioning, seats are completely removed to thoroughly clean underlying footwell carpets and make the entire seating area accessible. Car seats are usually attached to the floor with four to six Torx or Phillips screws — often in combination with electrical connectors for seat heating or airbag systems. The SD 7-320 4 loosens the screws quickly and reproducibly, without damaging the connector area. For seats with airbag connectors: always disconnect the battery first and wait long enough before working on airbag-adjacent connectors — this is a safety rule that applies regardless of the screwdriver.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSD 7-320 4 Torque and Speed — Technology for Vehicle Interiors\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe screwdriver is designed with a maximum torque of 7 Nm and an adapted speed characteristic for the specific requirements of vehicle interior screws. This technical positioning is no coincidence — it is the result of an analysis of what professional technicians in vehicle reconditioning actually need.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost fasteners in vehicle interiors are M4 to M6 screws in plastic threads or sheet metal threads with a prescribed tightening torque of 2–6 Nm. A standard drill driver with 40–60 Nm would either overtighten these screws in the first gear if set incorrectly or strip the thread. The SD 7-320 4, with its 7 Nm maximum, is optimized for precisely this range — it can apply the necessary torque without causing damage from overtightening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe electronic speed control of the SD 7-320 4 allows for sensitive work through varying pressure on the trigger. For loosening stubborn screws, the trigger is fully depressed; for the final tightening of delicate screws in plastic threads, the trigger is only lightly pressed. This sensitivity is more important for vehicle interior work than raw torque power.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSD 7-320 4 in the FLEX 12V System — Platform Advantages for Workshop Equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe SD 7-320 4 is part of the FLEX 12V tool range and shares its battery platform with all other 12V FLEX devices. This means specifically: a \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/flex-pset1222q-akku-set-12v\"\u003eP-Set 12-22 Q battery set\u003c\/a\u003e with battery pack and charger powers the SD 7-320 4 and all other future FLEX 12V tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor workshops that already operate the FLEX 18V system with \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/flex-pset55r-akku-set-18v\"\u003eP-Set 55 R\u003c\/a\u003e or similar sets, the SD 7-320 4 is a complementary 12V tool category. The FLEX system strategy makes it possible to maintain an independent 12V ecosystem for hand tools parallel to the 18V system for high-performance tools — with different chargers and battery packs, but the same system trust in workmanship and compatibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe combination of FLEX 18V for polishers and heat guns and FLEX 12V for the cordless screwdriver is the complete cordless tool program for professional detailing: all frequently needed tools cordless, all from one manufacturer, all with defined system compatibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSD 7-320 4 vs. Classic Drill Drivers — Why Specialization Matters in Detailing\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMany detailers and vehicle reconditioners ask whether the SD 7-320 4 cannot be replaced by a normal cordless drill driver. The answer: Technically yes — practically often problematic. Here are the most important differences.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard cordless drill drivers with 40–60 Nm of torque are dimensioned for wood and metal constructions. In vehicle interiors, however, one encounters plastic threads, clip systems, and fine threads in aluminum inserts. The torque stages of commercially available drill drivers are often too coarse for these delicate materials — the lowest torque stage of a 40 Nm screwdriver is often still too strong for vehicle interior plastics.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe SD 7-320 4, with its maximum 7 Nm torque and its 12V characteristic, is more precisely designed for vehicle applications. The smaller format and lower weight also make it more manageable in tight body situations. Those who regularly perform disassembly and assembly work on vehicles and want to reliably avoid damage from overtightening are significantly better off with a tool specialized for these tasks than with a drill driver that was actually bought for other purposes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHand screwdrivers as an alternative are a viable option for individual screws, but for 20–30 screws per vehicle interior, they are a strain on wrists and fingers. The time expenditure accumulates considerably: a complete interior disassembly with a hand screwdriver takes significantly longer than with a precise cordless tool. The SD 7-320 4 reduces this time expenditure to a minimum and at the same time protects the detailer's joints on multi-vehicle workdays.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you already own a standard cordless drill driver and want to check if you can use it for vehicle work: the test is simple. Set the torque to the lowest level and try to tighten one of the typical plastic screws on a vehicle sample. If the screw overtightens, the torque is too high. For professional workshop use on customer vehicles, it is recommended in this case to invest in a specialized tool designed for vehicle screws.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBuy FLEX SD 7-320 4 — The Right Tool for Professional Vehicle Disassembly\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX SD 7-320 4 Cordless Screwdriver\u003c\/strong\u003e is the right choice for all professional detailers and vehicle reconditioners who regularly disassemble interior parts for complete reconditioning, remove emblems for foiling or paint correction, and precisely reassemble add-on parts after work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe device is available without battery and charger — combined with the \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/flex-pset1222q-akku-set-12v\"\u003eFLEX P-Set 12-22 Q\u003c\/a\u003e or an existing FLEX 12V battery pack, it is immediately ready for use. Those who already use FLEX 12V batteries get a valuable extension of their cordless tool program with the SD 7-320 4 without additional chargers or battery infrastructure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs an addition to a complete FLEX detailing tool program with eccentric polisher, heat gun, and FS 140 Flexible Shaft, the SD 7-320 4 is the missing link: the hand tool for the preparation and post-processing phase of professional vehicle reconditioning, which enables all the detailed work that distinguishes a complete reconditioning service from a simple polishing pass.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"FLEX","offers":[{"title":"SD 7-320 4 \"534549\"","offer_id":57377624785231,"sku":"D1-FLEX-534549","price":39.89,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/flex-sd-7-320-4-akku-schraubendreher-sd-7-320-4-534549-534549.png?v=1775059232"},{"product_id":"flex-ose270x198ec-schwingschleifer-70x198mm","title":"\"OSE 2-70x198-EC\" Levigatrice Orbitale 70×198mm","description":"\u003ch2\u003eOrbital Sander with Brushless Motor and 4-Stage Speed Control — FLEX OSE 2-70x198-EC\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat is the FLEX OSE 2-70x198-EC? The FLEX OSE 2-70x198-EC is a 260-watt orbital sander with a 70×198mm hook-and-loop sanding pad, brushless motor, E-signal switch, 4-stage speed control, and integrated self-extraction — the precise tool for sanding paint, filler, and surface finishing in bodywork and detailing.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn bodywork and vehicle preparation, you need a tool that operates evenly, with controlled vibration, and adjustable speed on a 70×198mm surface for body panels, door cutouts, pillars, and narrow areas. The \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX OSE 2-70x198-EC\u003c\/strong\u003e delivers exactly this performance: a rectangular sanding format for flat and geometrically challenging work areas, combined with a brushless motor for higher efficiency and longer service life, and a 4-stage electronic speed control between 10,000 and 20,000 strokes per minute. Its weight of only 1.3 kg makes it one of the lightest tools in this performance class — a decisive advantage during long sanding days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrushless Motor — Higher efficiency, longer lifespan, less maintenance.\u003c\/strong\u003e The brushless motor of the OSE 2-70x198-EC operates without mechanical wear from carbon brushes. In practice, this means: the motor runs at a more consistent temperature, consumes less energy for the same sanding performance, and the drive's lifespan is significantly longer than models with brushes. For businesses that use the device daily, this is a relevant cost advantage — fewer breakdowns, no brush changes, lower operating costs over the service life.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e4-stage speed control between 10,000 and 20,000 min⁻¹ — the right speed for every material.\u003c\/strong\u003e Paint sanding, filler sanding, primer sanding, fine wood sanding — every material requires a different sanding speed. The four stages of the OSE 2-70x198-EC are specifically matched to typical sanding situations: low stages for delicate paints and fine clear coat sanding, high stages for fillers, primers, and coarser material removal. The stage control maintains the selected speed even under load — no drop in speed when pressure is increased.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eE-Signal Switch with Quick-Stop — Safe operation with immediate shutdown.\u003c\/strong\u003e The E-signal switch of the OSE 2-70x198-EC allows for easy, safe one-handed operation. The quick-stop function brings the sanding pad to an immediate halt after releasing the switch — no coasting, no uncontrolled sanding when setting down the tool. On body surfaces with delicate paint, this provides direct protection against unintentional sanding marks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cblockquote class=\"praxistipp\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePractical Tip from Detailing1:\u003c\/strong\u003e Always operate the OSE 2-70x198-EC for paint sanding with the vacuum connection (Ø27mm) and a connected Class M vacuum cleaner — the integrated self-extraction alone is not sufficient to keep the surface clean during filler sanding. Use speed stage 2 or 3 for fine clear coat sanding, and stage 4 only for filler and primer sanding. The 70×198mm format is particularly suitable for flat areas such as the bonnet, roof, and fenders — for curves and wheel arches, it's better to switch to an eccentric sander.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOSE 2-70x198-EC — Brushless Motor, E-Signal Switch, and Device Concept in Detail\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe brushless motor of the \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX OSE 2-70x198-EC\u003c\/strong\u003e is the technological core that distinguishes this orbital sander from older, brushed models. Brushless motors (BLDC — Brushless DC) use electronic commutation instead of mechanical sliding contacts. This eliminates the most common cause of wear in power tools: worn carbon brushes that spark, stress the motor windings, and need regular replacement. The OSE 2-70x198-EC does not require brush changes — the motor runs until the machine's technical lifespan is exceeded.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn practice, this translates into smoother operation: the brushless motor maintains the set speed more precisely, reacts faster to load changes, and operates with less energy consumption for the same torque. For intensive sanding operations over several hours, this means: the tool stays cooler, sanding performance does not drop, and the operator experiences less fatigue because the tool lies more stably in the hand and vibrates less.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe E-signal switch is more than an on-off button. It combines an ergonomically favorable operating position with quick-stop electronics: when the switch is released, the motor actively brakes instead of coasting freely. For an orbital sander with a 2mm stroke and up to 20,000 strokes per minute, coasting without quick-stop is noticeable — the sanding pad still moves when the tool is already placed on the surface. With the quick-stop, this does not happen. For delicate clear coat surfaces that react to every uncontrolled sanding movement, this is a crucial quality factor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe low-vibration design of the OSE 2-70x198-EC, achieved through special balancing, reduces the transmission of vibrations to the user's hand and arm. Vibration exposure (HAV — Hand-Arm Vibration) is a relevant occupational safety issue in professional sanding work — limit values according to the EU Machinery Directive and national ArbSchV must be observed. The optimized balancing in the OSE 2-70x198-EC does not reduce the daily permissible operating time, which allows for longer uninterrupted sanding phases.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e10,000–20,000 Strokes per Minute in 4 Stages — Speed Control and Practical Operation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 4-stage electronic speed control of the \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX OSE 2-70x198-EC\u003c\/strong\u003e gives the user full control over the sanding pattern. The four stages roughly correspond to the following speed ranges: Stage 1 (approx. 10,000–12,000 min⁻¹) for the finest fine sanding and clear coat preparation, Stages 2–3 (approx. 13,000–17,000 min⁻¹) for normal paint and filler sanding, Stage 4 (up to 20,000 min⁻¹) for primers, coarse filler sanding, and woodworking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe constant speed electronics maintain the set stage even with varying pressure. In practice, this means: if the user increases pressure — for example, when sanding a recess or transitioning from a flat surface to an edge — the electronics try to keep the stroke rate at the set level. The sanding pattern remains more consistent than with tools without constant speed, which break down under load and leave uneven sanding marks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 2mm sanding stroke format of the OSE 2-70x198-EC is specifically designed for fine sanding work. A 2mm stroke produces a very fine, cross-free sanding pattern without the circular marks that random orbital sanders with a larger stroke can leave. This makes this tool the first choice for final sanding phases before polishing, for preparing clear coat surfaces, and for all areas where the sanding pattern is directly beneath the finished paint layer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 4m power cord is designed for workshop use — long enough for a complete vehicle pass from a fixed location without an extension cord. The 230V operation ensures that the OSE 2-70x198-EC is immediately ready for use, without battery preparation and without charging interruptions. For businesses that use the sander daily and intensively, a mains-powered sander with a constant power supply is preferable to the 18V battery version in many situations — especially if sanding phases last longer than 30 minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMulti-hole system, Self-extraction, and External Vacuum Connection — Dust Management of the OSE 2-70x198-EC\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe multi-hole system of the hook-and-loop sanding pad of the \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX OSE 2-70x198-EC\u003c\/strong\u003e allows the use of sanding papers with different hole patterns — as long as the pattern is adapted to the basic geometry of the sanding pad. This is a practical advantage over systems with fixed hole positions: a wider selection of commercially available sanding papers is compatible, without the user having to rely on proprietary abrasives. Standard 70×198mm multi-hole sanding papers are available from most professional abrasive manufacturers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe integrated self-extraction with filter cartridge of the OSE 2-70x198-EC keeps the work area clean with moderate dust levels, without an external vacuum cleaner. For occasional use and outdoor work where no hose can be laid, this is a practical solution. The filter cartridge collects fine sanding dust and prevents it from settling on the surface and distorting the sanding pattern.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor professional bodywork and paint sanding in the workshop, self-extraction alone is not sufficient. Filler sanding and primer sanding generate significant amounts of dust in a short time — the filter cartridge saturates quickly, and the suction power of the self-extraction is significantly lower than that of a connected workshop vacuum cleaner. This is where the Ø27mm external vacuum connection comes into play: with a connected safety vacuum cleaner — for example, the FLEX VCE model of the appropriate capacity class — the sanding surface is reliably kept dust-free, which extends abrasive life and improves the sanding pattern. For sanding wood (beech, oak) and other dust class M materials, a Class M certified vacuum cleaner is legally required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe bevelled pad geometry of the hook-and-loop sanding pad allows working in corners and at component transitions without fully seating the sanding pad. This is particularly relevant for bodywork where beads, edges, and transitions must be included in the sanding sequence without the need for separate edge processing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eComparison FLEX OSE 2-70x198-EC vs. ORE 3-150 EC and ORE 5-150 EC — Orbital Sander or Random Orbital Sander?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe choice between the \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX OSE 2-70x198-EC\u003c\/strong\u003e and the random orbital sanders \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/flex-ore3150ec-exzenterschleifer-150mm\"\u003eORE 3-150 EC\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/flex-ore5150ec-exzenterschleifer-150mm\"\u003eORE 5-150 EC\u003c\/a\u003e is a decision about the sanding pattern and the geometry of the surface to be processed, not about the sanding quality itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe OSE 2-70x198-EC sands with a rectangular 70×198mm sanding pad in a pure orbital motion. This creates a uniform, parallel sanding pattern without a circular structure — ideal for flat areas such as bonnets, roofs, doors, and fenders, for narrow areas such as pillars, roof frames, and sills, and for geometries where a round sanding pad does not lie cleanly. The rectangular geometry of the sanding pad also allows sanding right up to edges and into corners, which is not possible with a round pad.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe random orbital sanders ORE 3-150 EC (3mm stroke) and ORE 5-150 EC (5mm stroke) work with a round 150mm disc in a combined eccentric and rotary motion. This sanding kinematics is particularly suitable for large, curved surfaces, for paint preparation on curves, and for areas where faster material removal over a larger circular area is desired. The 5mm stroke of the ORE 5-150 EC produces more aggressive removal than the 2mm stroke of the OSE — an advantage for coarse preparatory work and fast filler sanding. For final sanding before polishing, the smaller stroke is more sensitive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe recommendation for bodywork shops: those who sand both flat areas and contours and edges need both types. The OSE 2-70x198-EC for edges, pillars, narrow areas, and all places where the round eccentric disc does not fit. The ORE 5-150 EC as a random orbital sander for large curves, bonnets, and roofs with high surface throughput. The FLEX line offers both types in a compatible design — same ergonomics, same abrasive interface, same quality level.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBuy FLEX OSE 2-70x198-EC — the Orbital Sander for Bodywork, Paint, and Detailing\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX OSE 2-70x198-EC\u003c\/strong\u003e is the right choice for body shops and detailers who need a precise, low-vibration, and powerful tool for paint sanding, filler sanding, and clear coat preparation. The combination of brushless motor, 4-stage speed control, E-signal switch with quick-stop, and the proven 70×198mm format makes it a full-fledged professional device for daily use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIts weight of only 1.3 kg is a significant advantage during long sanding days. Those who sand several vehicles daily appreciate a lightweight tool that puts less strain on the arm and allows for more precise guidance over the surface. The 4m cable provides the necessary reach in the workshop without relying on a battery — the more practical solution for intensive continuous work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThose who prefer the battery version — for example, for outdoor use, mobile preparation, or a cordless workflow in the workshop — will find the battery-powered variant in the same sanding format on the FLEX 18V platform with the \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/flex-ose270x19818ec-akku-schwingschleifer-18v\"\u003eFLEX OSE 2-70x198 18-EC\u003c\/a\u003e. For workshops already working with FLEX 18V batteries, adding the battery orbital sander is possible without additional battery investments — a clear advantage of the FLEX system strategy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIncluded in the delivery is the hook-and-loop sanding pad (531313). Sanding papers in the required grits — typically P400–P800 for finishing paint sanding, P120–P240 for filler — should be selected separately according to the respective work step. The wide availability of standard sanding papers in the 70×198mm dimension makes consumable planning uncomplicated.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"FLEX","offers":[{"title":"OSE 2-70x198-EC \"530632\"","offer_id":57377627668815,"sku":"D1-FLEX-530632","price":291.89,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/flex-ose-2-70x198-ec-schwingschleifer-70x198mm-ose-2-70x198-ec-530632-530632.png?v=1775059138"},{"product_id":"flex-ore3150ec-exzenterschleifer-150mm","title":"\"ORE 3-150 EC 230\/CEE\" Levigatrice Rotorbitale 3mm Ø150mm","description":"\u003ch2\u003eOrbital sander with 3mm orbit, pad brake and brushless motor — FLEX ORE 3-150 EC 230\/CEE\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat is the FLEX ORE 3-150 EC 230\/CEE? The FLEX ORE 3-150 EC 230\/CEE is a 400-watt random orbital sander with Ø150mm, 3mm orbit, brushless motor, pad brake and stepless speed control — the precise paint sanding tool for bodywork and vehicle detailing.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn \u003cstrong\u003eorbital sander\u003c\/strong\u003e with a 3mm orbit is the tool for all sanding tasks where the sanding pattern must not leave any marks at the end of the process. The \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX ORE 3-150 EC 230\/CEE\u003c\/strong\u003e combines a brushless 400-watt motor, stepless speed control between 8,000 and 20,000 min⁻¹ and a pad brake that immediately stops the Ø150mm sanding pad after lifting. The result: clean, sanding mark-free sanding on clear coat surfaces, fillers, and primers — with a 1.4 kg tool that can be guided for hours without fatigue.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3mm orbit — the ideal sanding stroke for clear coat and fine sanding.\u003c\/strong\u003e The 3mm orbit of the ORE 3-150 EC produces a finer sanding pattern than models with a 5mm orbit. Less orbit means less material removal per revolution, a more uniform scratch pattern, and a sanding result that leaves no visible sanding marks after polishing. For clear coat preparation, fine filler sanding, and preparation for polishing, the 3mm orbit is the more precise choice compared to more aggressive formats.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePad brake — no sanding after lifting the tool.\u003c\/strong\u003e The pad brake of the ORE 3-150 EC actively stops the Ø150mm sanding pad as soon as the user lifts the tool from the surface. Without a pad brake, the pad would continue to run briefly and leave uncontrolled sanding marks when set down. The pad brake makes this problem a thing of the past — the tool is already stationary the moment it is lifted. On sensitive clear coat surfaces, this is a direct protection against work errors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrushless motor with 400 watts — constant power without brush wear.\u003c\/strong\u003e The brushless motor of the ORE 3-150 EC delivers its 400 watts without mechanical wear from carbon brushes. In the long term, this means: longer service life, lower operating costs, no power drop during the service life. For workshops that use the sanding tool daily, this is a relevant difference compared to brushed models — fewer failures, no brush changes, consistent performance over the entire machine life.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cblockquote class=\"praxistipp\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePractical tip from Detailing1:\u003c\/strong\u003e When sanding clear coat with the ORE 3-150 EC, always start with the lowest speed setting and only increase to the working speed after the sandpaper has been run in. The pad brake works best when the pad is lifted vertically from the surface — tilting during lifting reduces the braking effect. Always use the external Ø27mm dust extraction connection: the integrated dust extraction alone is not sufficient for filler sanding to keep the surface and sandpaper clean.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eORE 3-150 EC — brushless motor, pad brake and sanding kinematics in detail\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe combined eccentric and rotational movement of the \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX ORE 3-150 EC 230\/CEE\u003c\/strong\u003e is the characteristic feature of all random orbital sanders: the sanding pad not only rotates around its own axis but also simultaneously describes an eccentric circular path. This creates a sanding pattern that distributes and smears the circular marks of the sandpaper instead of concentrating them in one direction. The result is a significantly finer sanding pattern than with pure rotary sanders — relevant for all work where the sanding pattern subsequently needs to be polished.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe brushless motor of the ORE 3-150 EC operates according to the BLDC principle (Brushless DC): instead of mechanical sliding contacts, commutation is electronic. This eliminates the most common cause of failure in power tools and makes the motor significantly more maintenance-friendly. In practice, this manifests itself in constant speed under varying pressure, higher energy efficiency, and longer thermal comfort — the motor heats up less under the same use than a comparable brushed drive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe pad brake is a feature that is not self-evident in sanders of this class but makes a decisive difference for precise paint sanding. When the user lifts the sanding pad from the surface, the brake stops the pad immediately. In practice, this means: no accidental sanding contact when repositioning the tool, no sanding marks when setting down on a fresh spot, no sanding marks on edges and transitions. Especially in the clear coat area, where every uncontrolled contact creates a repair spot, the pad brake is a real productivity gain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe vibration- and fatigue-reducing design through special balancing reduces the vibration load on the user. In professional sanding work that lasts several hours a day, this is not only a comfort feature but also an occupational safety aspect. The balancing optimization of the ORE 3-150 EC extends the daily permissible operating time and reduces the cumulative fatigue load over a long working day. At 1.4 kg, the device is exceptionally light for a corded sander of this performance class — which is noticeable after the third vehicle of the day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e8,000–20,000 strokes per minute steplessly — speed control of the ORE 3-150 EC in practice\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe stepless speed control of the \u003cstrong\u003eORE 3-150 EC 230\/CEE\u003c\/strong\u003e allows for sensitive adjustment of the sanding speed to the respective material and work step. Low speeds for delicate clear coat surfaces and the final sanding pass before polishing, medium speeds for normal filler sanding, high speeds for coarse material removal on primers and thick-layer fillers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe advantage of stepless control over 4-stage control lies in continuous adjustment: the user can smoothly adjust the speed when transitioning from one sanding area to the next, instead of switching between fixed stages. In transition areas — for example, when sanding from a flat surface to a curve — this allows for more consistent sanding quality without abrupt speed changes. The constant speed electronics keep the set speed constant even with varying pressure, which is particularly relevant on curved surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 4m power cable provides sufficient reach for a complete vehicle circulation from a fixed location. In conjunction with the 1.4 kg weight — lighter than many comparable sanders in this performance class — the result is a well-balanced tool that does not excessively strain the hand even during several hours of work. In combination with stepless control and the pad brake, the ORE 3-150 EC is thus optimally designed for the requirements of professional body and paint repair shops.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDust extraction and abrasives — integrated dust extraction, external connection and abrasive selection\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe integrated dust extraction system of the \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX ORE 3-150 EC 230\/CEE\u003c\/strong\u003e with PES microfilter cartridge keeps the work area clean with moderate dust levels. The microfilter cartridge included in the scope of delivery (486833) is specially designed for fine sanding dusts and collects particles before they land on the surface and distort the sanding pattern with scratches. For occasional use and outdoor sanding where no hose can be laid, the integrated dust extraction is the practical standby solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor intensive sanding work in the body shop — especially during filler sanding and primer sanding, where significant amounts of dust are generated in a short time — the external Ø27mm dust extraction connection should always be used. A connected workshop vacuum cleaner reliably keeps the sanding surface clear, significantly extends the abrasive life, and protects employees from dust exposure. The abrasive life with a connected vacuum cleaner is about twice as long compared to uncontrolled dust work — an economic advantage that quickly justifies the investment in a good workshop vacuum cleaner.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Ø150mm hook-and-loop sanding pad included in the scope of delivery (464120) is characterized as \"medium\" — a medium hardness suitable for most paint sanding and filler sanding applications. For specific applications — very soft paints, very hard fillers — soft and hard pads are available as accessories. The hook-and-loop system allows for quick changing of sandpaper without tools, reducing grit changes during operation to seconds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eComparison FLEX ORE 3-150 EC vs. ORE 5-150 EC and OSE 2-70x198-EC — which tool for which task?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe most important deciding factor between \u003cstrong\u003eORE 3-150 EC\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/flex-ore5150ec-exzenterschleifer-150mm\"\u003eORE 5-150 EC\u003c\/a\u003e is the orbit: 3mm vs. 5mm. Both have the same Ø150mm format, the same brushless motor, and comparable performance data — but the orbit crucially determines the sanding pattern and the application area. The ORE 3-150 EC with 3mm sands finer, gentler, and with less material removal per revolution. This is the right choice for clear coat sanding, fine filler preparation, and all work directly before polishing. The ORE 5-150 EC with 5mm sands more aggressively and is better suited for coarser filler sanding, priming work, and fast material removal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor body shops that perform both coarse filler sanding and fine finishing sanding, both tools are useful — not as alternatives, but as complements. The best practice: ORE 5-150 EC for pre-sanding, ORE 3-150 EC for final sanding before polishing. If you only have one tool, you should orient yourself towards the most frequent work step: fine sanding and polishing preparation → ORE 3-150 EC; intensive material removal → ORE 5-150 EC.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn addition to the round Ø150mm format of the ORE 3-150 EC, the \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/flex-ose270x198ec-schwingschleifer-70x198mm\"\u003eOSE 2-70x198-EC orbital sander\u003c\/a\u003e is a sensible addition for edges, pillars, door cutouts, and all geometric areas where a round sanding pad does not lie ideally. The FLEX sander line is designed as a system — ORE for surfaces and curves, OSE for edges and geometries — and both types complement each other in everyday workshop life without overlap.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBuy FLEX ORE 3-150 EC 230\/CEE — the sander for precise paint sanding without sanding marks\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX ORE 3-150 EC 230\/CEE\u003c\/strong\u003e is the first choice for anyone who values a precise, mark-free sanding pattern in bodywork and detailing. Brushless motor, pad brake, stepless speed control — this is the complete equipment for professional clear coat and filler sanding with a Ø150mm sanding pad.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe pad brake is the feature that sets this device apart in its class: there are few sanders in this price segment that offer an active braking function. For workshops that work daily on clear coat surfaces and rely on work quality without rework, this function quickly pays for itself — a single avoided sanding damage justifies the investment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe scope of delivery with medium hook-and-loop sanding pad (464120), PES microfilter cartridge (486833), and hex key makes the ORE 3-150 EC ready for immediate use. The external Ø27mm dust extraction connection enables operation with a connected workshop vacuum cleaner for professional dust protection. Those looking for a cordless sander without a cable will find the corresponding solution on the FLEX 18V platform with the \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/flex-ore515018ecc-akku-exzenterschleifer-150mm-18v\"\u003eFLEX ORE 5-150 18-EC C\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"FLEX","offers":[{"title":"ORE 3-150 EC 230\/CEE \"447684\"","offer_id":57377627832655,"sku":"D1-FLEX-447684","price":337.89,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/flex-ore-3-150-ec-230-cee-exzenterschleifer-150mm-ore-3-150-ec-230-cee-447684-447684.png?v=1775059117"},{"product_id":"flex-ore5150ec-exzenterschleifer-150mm","title":"\"ORE 5-150 EC 230\/CEE\" Levigatrice Rotorbitale 5mm Ø150mm","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRandom Orbital Sander with 5mm Orbit, Pad Brake, and Brushless Motor — FLEX ORE 5-150 EC 230\/CEE\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat is the FLEX ORE 5-150 EC 230\/CEE? The FLEX ORE 5-150 EC 230\/CEE is a 400-watt random orbital sander with Ø150mm, 5mm orbit, brushless motor, pad brake, and stepless speed control — the high-throughput sanding tool for filler sanding, primer sanding, and fast material removal in body shops.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThose who sand fillers and primers daily in body shops and require fast material removal on large surfaces opt for the 5mm orbit. The \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX ORE 5-150 EC 230\/CEE random orbital sander\u003c\/strong\u003e is designed precisely for this: the 5mm orbit generates more material removal per revolution than tighter orbit formats — this means shorter sanding times for filler and primer work, fewer passes for the same removal volume, and more productive use of working time. Combined with a brushless 400-watt motor, stepless speed control between 8,000 and 20,000 min⁻¹, and the pad brake against sanding marks, the ORE 5-150 EC is the fully equipped professional sanding tool for daily body shop operations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e5mm Orbit — Maximum material removal for fillers and primers.\u003c\/strong\u003e The ORE 5-150 EC's 5mm orbit sands more aggressively than 3mm models and is the more productive choice for all rough sanding tasks. Fillers, primers, rough sanding repairs — these are areas where fast material removal determines throughput. With the 5mm orbit, the sanding volume per unit of time is measurably higher than with a tighter orbit, which means a significant time advantage when working on several vehicles daily.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePad Brake — Active stop protection against unwanted sanding marks.\u003c\/strong\u003e The ORE 5-150 EC's pad brake engages immediately when the sanding pad is lifted from the surface, actively stopping the Ø150mm disc. Without a brake, the pad would briefly overrun and create sanding marks on the surface if set down carelessly. Especially with the 5mm orbit, which sands more aggressively than tighter formats, the braking function is a direct quality safeguard — every prevented sanding mark is prevented rework.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrushless Motor — High efficiency, low-maintenance continuous operation.\u003c\/strong\u003e The ORE 5-150 EC's brushless motor operates without carbon brush wear and delivers its 400 watts consistently and efficiently. This means: lower energy consumption for the same performance, no performance drop during operation, no brush changes, and no operational failures due to brush wear. For workshops with intensive continuous operation, this is the relevant difference compared to conventional brushed sanders.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cblockquote class=\"praxistipp\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePractical tip from Detailing1:\u003c\/strong\u003e Use the ORE 5-150 EC for filler sanding with P120–P180 grit at medium speed and move evenly across the surface — the 5mm orbit works most uniformly when the pressure is kept constant. Never sand too long in one spot: the aggressive orbit can quickly sand too deeply on edges and beads. Always use the external Ø27mm dust extraction connection — filler sanding generates a lot of dust, which drastically reduces abrasive life and contaminates the sanding pattern without extraction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eORE 5-150 EC — 5mm Orbit, Sanding Kinematics, and Brushless Motor in Detail\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 5mm orbit of the \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX ORE 5-150 EC 230\/CEE\u003c\/strong\u003e describes the size of the eccentric circular path that the sanding pad performs in addition to its own rotation. Five millimeters is a tried and tested dimension for body shop rough sanding: large enough for efficient material removal, small enough for a controllable sanding pattern without coarser traces. Compared to devices with an 8mm or 12mm orbit (industrial class), the 5mm orbit is the more practical format for body surfaces and paint finishes — it combines throughput and controllability in a balanced ratio.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe brushless motor technology (BLDC) in the ORE 5-150 EC handles commutation electronically instead of mechanically. This eliminates the most common cause of wear in power tools and allows for more precise speed control: the electronics can regulate the motor speed faster and more finely than mechanical systems. In practice, this is noticeable as a smoother running pattern — no speed fluctuations when changing pressure, no power drop under high load.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe pad brake is particularly relevant in the ORE 5-150 EC because the 5mm orbit sands more aggressively than tighter formats. If a sanding tool with high material removal overruns briefly when put down, clearly visible sanding marks appear at the point of contact, requiring rework. The pad brake reliably prevents this scenario: the pad stops immediately when lifted — no overrunning, no uncontrolled sanding contact, no sanding damage when repositioning on the surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 1.4 kg weight of the ORE 5-150 EC is exceptionally low for a mains-powered sander of this performance class. During intensive sanding days with multiple vehicles, weight is a directly noticeable factor: a heavy tool tires faster, reduces precision during guidance, and increases the risk of uneven pressure. The light weight of the ORE 5-150 EC gives the user more control over sanding quality — even at the end of a long workday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe special balancing of the ORE 5-150 EC reduces vibration exposure (HAV — Hand-Arm Vibration) to a minimum for this tool class. For professional sanding operations that work for several hours daily with the same tool, vibration measurement according to the EU Machinery Directive is a relevant occupational safety aspect. Lower vibration means longer daily operating time without exceeding limit values and reduces the cumulative strain on hand and arm joints over the years.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStepless Speed Control 8,000–20,000 min⁻¹ — The Right Sanding Speed for Every Step\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe stepless speed control of the \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX ORE 5-150 EC 230\/CEE\u003c\/strong\u003e allows for fine adjustment of sanding speed between 8,000 and 20,000 min⁻¹ without fixed steps. This gives the user complete control over material removal: low speeds for gentler sanding and for transition areas, medium speeds for the main work on filler, high speeds for maximum throughput on large flat areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe constant speed electronics of the ORE 5-150 EC maintain the set speed even under varying pressure. When sanding filler on uneven surfaces — for example, when transitioning from a high point to a bead — the actual pressure of the sanding pad on the surface varies. Without constant speed, the orbit count would drop at such points and produce an uneven sanding pattern. The ORE 5-150 EC's electronics compensate for these load changes and maintain a uniform sanding pattern across the entire surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA practical aspect of stepless control: it allows for \"breaking in\" fresh sandpaper. When a new sanding sheet is placed on the hook-and-loop pad, the grit is sharp at first and the removal is high. Some users start at a lower speed and increase it over time — this creates a more even removal behavior over the life of the sandpaper.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor body shop rough sanding, it is recommended to switch from P80 (coarse removal on thick-layer filler) to P120 to P180 (normal filler and primer) in successive grit steps. The ORE 5-150 EC with 5mm orbit is suitable for all these stages — the sanding pattern becomes smoother with finer grit, and at the end of the filler sanding, with P240–P320 grit, a clean finish can be achieved, ready for subsequent clear coat sanding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 4m connection cable and tool attachment ensure unrestricted freedom of movement in the workshop. With the combination of a 4m cable and an attached 3.5m suction hose from a workshop vacuum cleaner, a complete vehicle circumnavigation from a fixed location is possible without repositioning the vacuum or extension cable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDust Extraction and Abrasives — Self-Extraction, External Connection, and Hook-and-Loop Sanding Pad\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe integrated self-extraction of the \u003cstrong\u003eORE 5-150 EC 230\/CEE\u003c\/strong\u003e with a shock-resistant PES microfilter cartridge keeps the work surface clean during moderate dust levels. For filler and primer sanding, where significant amounts of dust are generated in a short time, self-extraction alone is not sufficient — here, the external Ø27mm dust extraction connection is the right solution: an attached workshop vacuum cleaner collects dust directly at its source.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe economic advantage of consistent dust extraction during sanding is considerable: sandpaper that works in its own sanding dust quickly clogs and loses cutting performance. With extraction, abrasive life can be extended two to three times. The investment in a good vacuum cleaner and the regular use of the Ø27mm connection quickly pays for itself through savings in abrasive consumption.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe multi-hole system of the Ø150mm hook-and-loop sanding pad included in the scope of delivery enables wide abrasive compatibility. Standard sanding sheets with 150mm hook-and-loop and multi-hole from all reputable abrasive manufacturers fit without an adapter. The hook-and-loop system allows for sanding sheet changes in seconds, without tools — relevant in sanding operations where the grit is changed several times a day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eComparing FLEX ORE 5-150 EC vs. ORE 3-150 EC and ORE 5-150 18-EC C — which tool for whom?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eORE 5-150 EC 230\/CEE\u003c\/strong\u003e and the \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/flex-ore3150ec-exzenterschleifer-150mm\"\u003eORE 3-150 EC\u003c\/a\u003e share almost identical equipment data — brushless motor, pad brake, stepless control, Ø150mm — but differ fundamentally in sanding orbit. The 5mm orbit of the ORE 5-150 EC is optimized for rough sanding, filler sanding, and fast material removal. The 3mm orbit of the ORE 3-150 EC is designed for finishing sanding, clear coat preparation, and a fine sanding pattern. In a fully equipped body shop, both types belong to the tool park — not as alternatives, but as complements for different sanding phases.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor workshops that can only purchase one model, the rule of thumb applies: Those who primarily sand fillers and primers → ORE 5-150 EC. Those who primarily do clear coat preparation and polishing preparation → ORE 3-150 EC. Those who do both equally benefit most from both tools, as the investment in the second device can quickly be accounted for through saved rework (by forgoing the more precise 3mm orbit) and saved time (by forgoing the more productive 5mm orbit).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe battery-powered alternative is the \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/flex-ore515018ecc-akku-exzenterschleifer-150mm-18v\"\u003eFLEX ORE 5-150 18-EC C\u003c\/a\u003e on the FLEX 18V platform. This offers the same Ø150mm-5mm orbit format without a power cord — for mobile applications, outdoor work, and cable-free workflows in the workshop. Those who already have FLEX 18V batteries can integrate the ORE 5-150 18-EC C into their existing fleet without additional battery investment. For intensive continuous work over several hours, the mains-powered ORE 5-150 EC remains the more power-stable solution — no charging interruptions, no performance drop with decreasing battery charge level.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBuy FLEX ORE 5-150 EC 230\/CEE — The High-Throughput Sander for Filler, Primer, and Rough Sanding\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX ORE 5-150 EC 230\/CEE\u003c\/strong\u003e is the right choice for body shops and detailers who prioritize maximum throughput for rough sanding — without compromising on safety features like the pad brake and brushless motor. Brushless 400-watt motor, 5mm orbit, stepless speed control, pad brake — this is the complete profile of a professional tool for daily intensive sanding operations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe external Ø27mm dust extraction connection should always be used in the body shop. The right combination: ORE 5-150 EC with an attached FLEX safety vacuum cleaner of the appropriate capacity class. The sander works productively, the vacuum keeps the surface clean — this is the professional working environment that protects both sanding quality and employee health.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor businesses that want to implement a clear distinction between rough sanding and finishing sanding, the ORE 5-150 EC and the ORE 3-150 EC provide two dedicated tools for these two phases. This distinction has several advantages in professional body shops: different abrasives can remain on their respective pads, switching between phases is faster, and the risk of accidentally working in finishing sanding with a 5mm orbit device and removing too much material is eliminated. Clear tool assignment makes the quality standard in the business reproducible — regardless of which employee is working on the vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIncluded in delivery: medium hook-and-loop sanding pad, PES microfilter cartridge (486833), and hexagon socket wrench. The \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/flex-ose270x198ec-schwingschleifer-70x198mm\"\u003eOSE 2-70x198-EC\u003c\/a\u003e is a useful addition for edges, pillars, and geometrically demanding areas where the round 150mm pad of the ORE 5-150 EC does not lie optimally. Both tools together fully cover all typical sanding situations in the body shop.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"FLEX","offers":[{"title":"ORE 5-150 EC 230\/CEE \"447706\"","offer_id":57377627996495,"sku":"D1-FLEX-447706","price":337.89,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/flex-ore-5-150-ec-230-cee-exzenterschleifer-150mm-ore-5-150-ec-230-cee-447706-447706.png?v=1775059125"},{"product_id":"flex-ose270x19818ec-akku-schwingschleifer-18v","title":"\"OSE 2-70x198 18-EC\" Levigatrice Orbitale a Batteria 70×198mm (18V)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eCordless Orbital Sander with Brushless Motor and 4-Stage Control — FLEX OSE 2-70x198 18-EC\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat is the FLEX OSE 2-70x198 18-EC? The FLEX OSE 2-70x198 18-EC is an 18V cordless orbital sander with a 70×198mm sanding pad, brushless motor, 4-stage speed control, 2mm orbit, and L-BOXX transport case — the cordless sanding tool for paint sanding and bodywork on the FLEX 18V platform.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn \u003cstrong\u003ecordless orbital sander\u003c\/strong\u003e on the 18V platform is the answer to all sanding situations where a power cord limits workflow: outdoor work, mobile vehicle detailing, confined spaces, or workshops without sufficient power outlets. The \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX OSE 2-70x198 18-EC\u003c\/strong\u003e brings the proven 70×198mm format to the FLEX 18V battery world: brushless motor, 4-stage speed control between 12,000 and 20,000 min⁻¹, 2mm orbit for a fine sanding finish, and a weight of only 1.12 kg without battery. Included in the delivery: L-BOXX transport case for professional storage and mobile use. Those who already own FLEX 18V batteries can enter the system without additional investment — and immediately have a fully functional cordless orbital sander in the 70×198mm format ready for use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBattery operation on the FLEX 18V platform — cordless sanding without compromises.\u003c\/strong\u003e The OSE 2-70x198 18-EC runs on the same FLEX 18V battery packs that are also used for cordless polishers, cordless vacuum cleaners, and other FLEX 18V tools. A battery ecosystem for all tools — no different chargers, no incompatible battery systems, maximum investment security. Those working with 5.0 Ah batteries have significantly longer runtime than with 2.5 Ah packs — for a complete sanding pass on a vehicle without changing batteries, a 5.0 Ah battery is the more practical choice.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1.12 kg without battery — the lightest orbital sander in the FLEX range.\u003c\/strong\u003e The basic weight of only 1.12 kg without battery makes the OSE 2-70x198 18-EC the lightest orbital sander in the FLEX line. Even with a mounted 2.5 Ah battery, the total weight remains significantly below comparable corded devices. For multi-hour sanding work, tool weight is a directly noticeable factor: every gram saved means less arm fatigue, more control during guiding, and a more consistent sanding finish throughout the workday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eL-BOXX transport case included — professional storage for mobile use.\u003c\/strong\u003e The included L-BOXX transport case is the storage system for anyone who regularly transports the tool between different locations. L-BOXX cases are stackable and compatible with the Sortimo system — for businesses that have several L-BOXX tools, system compatibility is a practical advantage. The tool is protected, and all accessories — adapters, dust bag — have their designated place in the case insert.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cblockquote class=\"praxistipp\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePractical tip from Detailing1:\u003c\/strong\u003e For operating the OSE 2-70x198 18-EC during longer sanding phases, always keep two fully charged 5.0 Ah batteries ready — use the first while the second charges. This prevents work interruptions due to empty batteries. Empty the included dust bag after no more than half an hour during intensive filler sanding: a full dust bag reduces suction power and contaminates the sanding surface. For precise clear coat sanding, always start at speed level 2 or 3 and only increase the speed with full pressure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOSE 2-70x198 18-EC — FLEX 18V Platform, Brushless Motor, and Battery Concept in Detail\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX OSE 2-70x198 18-EC\u003c\/strong\u003e is fully integrated into the FLEX 18V tool platform. This means that the battery of this orbital sander is the same as that of the \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/flex-ore515018ecc-akku-exzenterschleifer-150mm-18v\"\u003eFLEX ORE 5-150 18-EC C Cordless Random Orbital Sander\u003c\/a\u003e, the cordless vacuum cleaner line, and other FLEX 18V tools. A company that opts for the FLEX 18V platform builds an ecosystem where batteries can be shared across all tools — no separate chargers, no battery compatibility issues, maximum flexibility when changing tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe brushless motor of the OSE 2-70x198 18-EC is particularly important in a cordless device because it minimizes battery consumption: a brushless motor is more efficient than a brushed drive and converts more of the stored battery energy into sanding power instead of losing it as heat due to friction. In practice, this means longer runtime per battery charge, less heat generation on the device and battery, and higher constant power even with decreasing battery level. The power drop of a brushless motor is significantly lower with a declining battery level than with conventional drives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 4-stage speed control of the OSE 2-70x198 18-EC allows the sanding speed to be adjusted to the material and the work step. Level 1 for delicate clear coat surfaces and fine sanding, levels 2–3 for normal paint sanding and filler, level 4 for maximum throughput during coarse sanding. The constant speed electronics keep the set level stable even under varying pressure — no drop in speed when increased pressure is applied to the surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe speed range of the OSE 2-70x198 18-EC starts at 12,000 min⁻¹ in battery operation — slightly higher than the 10,000 min⁻¹ of the corded version (OSE 2-70x198-EC). This reflects the characteristically faster response speed of brushless battery drives. The maximum value of 20,000 min⁻¹ is identical to the corded version — the sanding performance at the highest level is comparable, so battery operation does not limit maximum performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn practice, 18V battery operation for professional sanding work means: a fully charged 5.0 Ah battery is sufficient for about 20 to 40 minutes of intensive sanding work, depending on the speed level and pressure. For clear coat sanding on a vehicle (typically 30–45 minutes), a 5.0 Ah battery is recommended to work without interruption. With 2.5 Ah batteries, a spare battery should be available. The brushless motor of the OSE 2-70x198 18-EC uses battery capacity very efficiently — the power drop at the end of the battery charge is significantly less pronounced with BLDC motors than with brushed motors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e2mm Orbit and 70×198mm Format — Sanding Finish and Applications of the OSE 18-EC\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 2mm orbit of the \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX OSE 2-70x198 18-EC\u003c\/strong\u003e is specifically designed for fine sanding work. Compared to random orbital sanders with 3mm or 5mm orbit, the orbital sander with 2mm orbit produces a linear, uniform sanding finish without circular eccentric marks. This makes the device the first choice for clear coat sanding and preparation for polishing, where the sanding finish should be as unstructured as possible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe rectangular 70×198mm format is the decisive geometric advantage over round sanding discs: the orbital sander can sand on edges, pillars, door cutouts, roof frames, and in corners where a round 150mm disc does not have full contact with the surface. These geometries regularly occur in vehicle bodywork — A-, B-, and C-pillars, door surrounds, sills, and hood edges are typical applications for which the rectangular sanding format is the superior solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe chamfered pad geometry of the hook-and-loop sanding pad also allows the corners of the pad to sand into tight transitions. In body areas where two surfaces meet at an acute or right angle, the OSE 2-70x198 18-EC can precisely enter the transition with one corner of the pad — a precision that is technically not achievable with a round pad. This significantly reduces manual reworking in transition areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDust Bag, Adapter, and L-BOXX — Accessories and Dust Management of the OSE 2-70x198 18-EC\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe dust management of the \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX OSE 2-70x198 18-EC\u003c\/strong\u003e is designed for mobile use. The included dust filter bag collects sanding dust directly on the device, without the need to connect an external vacuum cleaner. This is the practical standalone solution for outdoor use and mobile detailing — fewer hoses, less effort, quicker to use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor intensive sanding work in the workshop, we recommend connecting to an external workshop vacuum cleaner via the Ø27mm connection. The two included adapters (short and long) allow adaptation to various hose geometries and vacuum cleaner models. With an external vacuum cleaner, the OSE 2-70x198 18-EC operates as a completely dust-free workshop system — abrasive life is extended, the surface remains clean, and user dust exposure is minimized.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA common misconception with battery operation: the dust bag theoretically reduces suction power compared to a connected workshop vacuum cleaner. In practice, the difference is negligible with moderate dust (paint sanding, P240–P400). However, for intensive filler sanding with P120 and large sanding surfaces, an external vacuum cleaner is recommended — the amount of dust is significantly higher, and a regularly emptied dust bag alone is often not sufficient for a complete sanding pass on a vehicle. The combination of a cordless orbital sander + compact cordless vacuum cleaner like the FLEX VC 9 L MC 18 RC is a consistently cordless solution for mobile workshop use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe L-BOXX transport case with a pre-formed case insert is more than just transport protection: it is an organization system. The tool, adapters, dust bag, and future accessories have their designated place in the insert. For businesses that have several FLEX L-BOXX tools, all cases can be stacked and transported together — this saves time during setup and keeps the tool park organized. In the vehicle of a mobile detailing unit, this compactness is a direct space advantage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eComparison OSE 2-70x198 18-EC vs. OSE 2-70x198-EC Corded — Battery or Cord in Workshop Use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX OSE 2-70x198 18-EC\u003c\/strong\u003e and the \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/flex-ose270x198ec-schwingschleifer-70x198mm\"\u003eOSE 2-70x198-EC corded version\u003c\/a\u003e have the same sanding format, the same brushless motor, and the same 2mm orbit sanding finish. The difference lies exclusively in the power supply: battery vs. cord.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe cordless sander OSE 2-70x198 18-EC is the right choice for: mobile vehicle detailing and outdoor use without a power connection, workshops with limited power outlets or long distances to an outlet, businesses that already have FLEX 18V batteries and want to expand the system, as well as situations where a power cord on the floor poses a tripping hazard or restricts freedom of movement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe corded sander OSE 2-70x198-EC is the right choice for: continuous operation for several hours without charging interruptions, fixed workshop stations with direct power outlet supply, and businesses without existing FLEX 18V batteries that do not want to invest in a battery platform. The corded version also has a slightly wider speed spectrum from 10,000 min⁻¹ (instead of 12,000 min⁻¹ for the cordless version) — a marginal difference in practice that can be relevant for very fine sanding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBuy FLEX OSE 2-70x198 18-EC — the Cordless Orbital Sander for the FLEX 18V Workshop\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX OSE 2-70x198 18-EC\u003c\/strong\u003e is the choice for anyone looking for a full-fledged cordless orbital sander in the proven 70×198mm format for cordless operation. Brushless motor, 4-stage speed control, 2mm orbit, 1.12 kg without battery — this is the complete profile of a mobile professional sanding tool without compromising on sanding finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEntry into the OSE 2-70x198 18-EC is particularly recommended for businesses that already have FLEX 18V batteries. The tool unit without a battery can be operated immediately with existing batteries — the investment is limited to the sanding tool itself. For newcomers to the FLEX 18V platform: FLEX offers several battery sets (AP 18V) in various capacities that allow entry into the system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn conjunction with the \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/flex-ore515018ecc-akku-exzenterschleifer-150mm-18v\"\u003eFLEX ORE 5-150 18-EC C Cordless Random Orbital Sander\u003c\/a\u003e, the OSE 2-70x198 18-EC forms the complete cordless sanding pair for body shops: random orbital sander for surfaces and curves, orbital sander for edges, pillars, and geometries — both on the same 18V battery. System consistency minimizes the effort for battery management and charging organization.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA completely cordless workshop system consisting of a cordless orbital sander, cordless random orbital sander, and cordless vacuum cleaner on a single 18V battery platform is not a theoretical ideal, but a proven working method for mobile detailing businesses and workshops that prioritize flexibility over fixed installations. FLEX offers exactly this system — and the OSE 2-70x198 18-EC is the orbital sander element within it. Those who enter the platform benefit from every additional FLEX 18V tool that can be integrated into the existing battery system without having to purchase new charging stations or incompatible batteries.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"FLEX","offers":[{"title":"OSE 2-70x198 18-EC C \"534435\" (Battery \/ charger not included)","offer_id":57377628193103,"sku":"D1-FLEX-534435","price":241.89,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"OSE 2-70x198 18-EC \"534434\" (incl. L-BOXX® \/ without battery \/ charger)","offer_id":57377628225871,"sku":"D1-FLEX-534434","price":281.89,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/flex-ose-2-70x198-18-ec-akku-schwingschleifer-70x198mm-18v-ose-2-70x198-18-ec-c-534435-534435.png?v=1775059129"},{"product_id":"flex-ore515018ecc-akku-exzenterschleifer-150mm-18v","title":"\"ORE 5-150 18-EC C\" Levigatrice Rotorbitale a Batteria 5mm Ø150mm (18V)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eCordless Random Orbital Sander with EMS, LED Capacity Indicator, and Pad Brake — FLEX ORE 5-150 18-EC C\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat is the FLEX ORE 5-150 18-EC C? The FLEX ORE 5-150 18-EC C is an 18V cordless random orbital sander with a Ø150mm pad, 5mm orbit, brushless motor, Electronic Management System (EMS), LED battery capacity indicator, and pad brake — the cordless high-throughput sander for filler sanding and bodywork on the FLEX 18V platform.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you're looking for a \u003cstrong\u003ecordless random orbital sander\u003c\/strong\u003e that is not only wireless but also intelligently protects itself and monitors battery capacity, the \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX ORE 5-150 18-EC C\u003c\/strong\u003e is the fully equipped professional sanding tool for you. The Electronic Management System (EMS) monitors the motor and battery in real time, protecting both components from overheating, overload, and deep discharge. The LED capacity indicator shows the current battery level directly on the tool — no guesswork about when it's time to change the battery. The pad brake immediately stops the Ø150mm sanding pad when lifted, and the 4-stage speed control adjusts the sanding speed to the specific task. All this with a weight of 1.23 kg without a battery — compatible with all FLEX 2.5 Ah and 5.0 Ah battery packs on the FLEX 18V platform.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eElectronic Management System (EMS) — active protection for motor and battery during sanding.\u003c\/strong\u003e The EMS of the ORE 5-150 18-EC C is an electronic monitoring system that continuously keeps an eye on the motor and battery. In case of overheating, overload, or low battery level, the system intervenes and protects the components from damage. In practice, this means: longer motor and battery life, fewer failures due to thermal stress, and a sander that functions reliably even during intensive continuous operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLED Battery Capacity Indicator — always keeping an eye on the battery level.\u003c\/strong\u003e The integrated LED capacity indicator on the ORE 5-150 18-EC C shows the remaining battery level directly on the tool. This is a practical advantage when sanding filler on several vehicles daily: No interruption of sanding work to check the battery — a glance at the device is enough. No unexpected shutdown in the middle of a sanding pass because the battery is empty without the user noticing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePad Brake with Quick-Stop — immediate standstill when the sanding pad is lifted.\u003c\/strong\u003e The quick-stop function of the ORE 5-150 18-EC C immediately brings the Ø150mm sanding pad to a standstill after lifting it from the surface. For a 5mm orbit random orbital sander, which sands more aggressively than narrower formats, this is direct quality protection: No coasting when repositioning, no unwanted sanding marks when placing it on a sensitive area. The pad brake prevents a moment of inattention from turning into extensive rework.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cblockquote class=\"praxistipp\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePractical tip from Detailing1:\u003c\/strong\u003e For intensive filler sanding with the ORE 5-150 18-EC C, always use a 5.0 Ah battery — this provides enough capacity for a complete sanding pass on one vehicle. Keep an eye on the LED capacity indicator: two LEDs mean half charge, change the battery when only one LED is lit. Use the external Ø27mm dust extraction port, even if the dust bag is practical — with P120 filler sanding, the bag quickly fills up, and a clean sanding pad ensures longer abrasive life and better results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eORE 5-150 18-EC C — EMS, Brushless Motor, and FLEX 18V Platform in Detail\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Electronic Management System (EMS) of the \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX ORE 5-150 18-EC C\u003c\/strong\u003e is the intelligent protection concept that distinguishes this cordless random orbital sander from simpler models without active monitoring. The EMS measures motor temperature, load current, and battery status in real time. If defined limits are exceeded — overheating due to prolonged continuous operation, overload due to excessive pressure, or deep discharge of the battery — the EMS reduces power or safely interrupts operation. This may sound like a limitation, but it's the opposite: The EMS significantly extends the life of the motor and battery by preventing components from entering critical operating conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe brushless motor of the ORE 5-150 18-EC C operates on the BLDC principle without carbon brush wear. This is particularly relevant in battery operation: A brushless motor converts more of the stored battery energy into sanding power, generates less waste heat, and maintains power more stably as the battery level drops than a brushed drive. This means: more sanding minutes per battery charge, and a more consistent sanding pattern even at the end of the work cycle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompatibility with all FLEX 18V battery packs (2.5 Ah and 5.0 Ah) makes the ORE 5-150 18-EC C a natural part of a FLEX 18V tool ecosystem. Those who already work with FLEX 18V batteries for vacuums, polishers, or other sanders can integrate the ORE 5-150 18-EC C into their existing fleet without additional investment in batteries or chargers. A single battery charge is sufficient for multiple tools — batteries rotate between devices while one device is in operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe weight of 1.23 kg without a battery is very low for a random orbital sander of this equipment class with EMS and LED display. With a 2.5 Ah battery, the total weight is less than 1.6 kg — significantly lighter than comparable corded tools with long cables. For multi-hour sanding jobs with frequent repositioning and varying body heights, weight is a directly noticeable productivity factor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e5mm Orbit, Ø150mm Sanding Pad, and Stepless Speed Control — Sanding Performance in Practice\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 5mm orbit of the \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX ORE 5-150 18-EC C\u003c\/strong\u003e is the high-throughput format for bodywork pre-sanding and filler sanding. The 5mm orbit describes a larger eccentric circular path than narrower formats, meaning more material removal per revolution and faster surface processing. For filler (P80–P120), primers (P120–P180), and coarse sanding at pre-sanding stages, the 5mm orbit is the more productive choice — fewer passes for the same material removal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 4-stage speed pre-selection between 8,000 and 20,000 min⁻¹ gives the user control over the sanding pattern. Stage 1 and 2 for fine sanding and transition areas, Stage 3 for normal filler sanding, Stage 4 for maximum throughput on large flat areas. The constant speed electronics maintain the set speed stably even under varying pressure — a relevant quality factor for body surfaces with changing curves and transitions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe quick-stop function of the ORE 5-150 18-EC C actively and immediately stops the sanding pad when the switch is released. In sanding operations with frequent lifting and re-application — typical when sanding across multiple body areas — this prevents uncontrolled sanding contact during repositioning. Especially with the 5mm orbit, which sands more aggressively than 3mm models, the immediate stop when lifting is a direct protection against unwanted sanding marks on fresh areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLED Capacity Indicator and Dust Management — Smart Features in Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe LED capacity indicator of the \u003cstrong\u003eORE 5-150 18-EC C\u003c\/strong\u003e is a feature that proves its worth daily in intensive workshop use. Three LEDs indicate the battery status: three LEDs = fully charged, two LEDs = half charge, one LED = battery change recommended. This simple, intuitive indication prevents the scenario where a half-finished sanding pass is abruptly interrupted by a dying battery. In a professional workshop, the predictability of the battery status is an operational convenience — when should the second battery be charged, when is a replacement sensible?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe integrated dust extraction system with dust filter bag and the external Ø27mm connection gives the user the choice between cordless standalone operation (with bag) and connected vacuum operation. The two adapters included (short and long) allow adaptation to various vacuum hose geometries and diameters. The long adapter improves the cable distance between the tool and the hose — relevant if the hose is to be routed over the tool without restricting freedom of movement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor businesses that regularly work on painted surfaces with dusts of class L (normal vehicle and paint dusts), the dust bag is sufficient for short sanding passes. For intensive filler sanding on several vehicles daily, we recommend the external vacuum connection with a FLEX safety vacuum cleaner of the appropriate capacity class. The abrasive life is significantly higher with a vacuum, and the user's dust exposure is reduced to a minimum.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eComparison ORE 5-150 18-EC C vs. ORE 5-150 EC Corded — Battery or Corded for Workshop Use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX ORE 5-150 18-EC C\u003c\/strong\u003e and the \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/flex-ore5150ec-exzenterschleifer-150mm\"\u003eORE 5-150 EC 230\/CEE corded version\u003c\/a\u003e share the same 5mm orbit, Ø150mm format, brushless motor, and pad brake. The difference lies in the power supply and some features: The 18-EC C has EMS, an LED capacity indicator, and is cordless. The corded ORE 5-150 EC has 400W corded power without charging interruptions and a different dust collection mechanism (filter cartridge).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe cordless random orbital sander ORE 5-150 18-EC C is the better choice for: mobile vehicle detailing and outdoor operations without power connection, workshops with a FLEX 18V ecosystem that want to share batteries, and businesses that value EMS protection and LED battery indicator. The ORE 5-150 EC corded is the better choice for: hours of sanding without charging breaks, fixed workshop stations with direct power supply, and businesses without existing FLEX 18V infrastructure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn addition to the random orbital sander format, the \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/flex-ose270x19818ec-akku-schwingschleifer-18v\"\u003eFLEX OSE 2-70x198 18-EC cordless orbital sander\u003c\/a\u003e is the ideal 18V counterpart for edges, pillars, and geometrically demanding areas in bodywork. Both tools share the 18V battery platform and complement each other as a complete cordless sanding pair: ORE 5-150 18-EC C for surfaces and curves, OSE 2-70x198 18-EC for edges and geometries — the same batteries, the same charger, maximum system consistency.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBuy FLEX ORE 5-150 18-EC C — the Cordless Random Orbital Sander with EMS and LED Battery Indicator\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eFLEX ORE 5-150 18-EC C\u003c\/strong\u003e is the fully equipped solution for anyone who wants to sand wirelessly and intelligently in bodywork and detailing. EMS protection for motor and battery, LED capacity indicator, pad brake, 5mm orbit, brushless motor, 4-stage speed control — this is not a basic cordless sander, but a professional tool with a well-thought-out protection system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe LED capacity indicator and the EMS together are the feature package that makes this tool particularly reliable in continuous professional use. No guesswork about the battery level, no overheating due to too intensive continuous operation, no deep discharge of the battery — the system protects the investment and makes operation more predictable. For workshops that work with several vehicles daily and rely on tool reliability, the EMS is a relevant operational safety feature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIncluded in delivery: dust bag (534188), short adapter (532094), and long adapter (532095). Battery packs (2.5 Ah or 5.0 Ah) and chargers are available separately. If you want to build a complete cordless sanding system for bodywork, combine the ORE 5-150 18-EC C with the \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/flex-ore3150ec-exzenterschleifer-150mm\"\u003eORE 3-150 EC\u003c\/a\u003e as a corded finishing sander for fine clear coat sanding or with the cordless orbital sander for a geometrically complete sanding program — creating a professional tool combination that seamlessly covers all sanding phases from filler to pre-polishing.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"FLEX","offers":[{"title":"ORE 5-150 18-EC C \"534186\" (Without battery \/ charger)","offer_id":57377628324175,"sku":"D1-FLEX-534186","price":271.89,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/flex-ore-5-150-18-ec-c-akku-exzenterschleifer-150mm-18v-ore-5-150-18-ec-c-534186-534186.png?v=1775059121"}],"url":"https:\/\/detailing1.eu\/it\/collections\/werkzeuge.oembed?page=2","provider":"Detailing1","version":"1.0","type":"link"}